TW201144361A - Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, method for forming liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, and polyorganosiloxane compounds - Google Patents

Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, method for forming liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, and polyorganosiloxane compounds Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201144361A
TW201144361A TW100119140A TW100119140A TW201144361A TW 201144361 A TW201144361 A TW 201144361A TW 100119140 A TW100119140 A TW 100119140A TW 100119140 A TW100119140 A TW 100119140A TW 201144361 A TW201144361 A TW 201144361A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
liquid crystal
crystal alignment
compound
formula
Prior art date
Application number
TW100119140A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI515236B (en
Inventor
Toshiyuki Akiike
Shouichi Nakata
Tsuyoshi Hirai
Naoki Sugano
Original Assignee
Jsr Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Jsr Corp filed Critical Jsr Corp
Publication of TW201144361A publication Critical patent/TW201144361A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI515236B publication Critical patent/TWI515236B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G77/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing silicon with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G77/04Polysiloxanes
    • C08G77/22Polysiloxanes containing silicon bound to organic groups containing atoms other than carbon, hydrogen and oxygen
    • C08G77/26Polysiloxanes containing silicon bound to organic groups containing atoms other than carbon, hydrogen and oxygen nitrogen-containing groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G77/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing silicon with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G77/04Polysiloxanes
    • C08G77/14Polysiloxanes containing silicon bound to oxygen-containing groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G77/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing silicon with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G77/04Polysiloxanes
    • C08G77/22Polysiloxanes containing silicon bound to organic groups containing atoms other than carbon, hydrogen and oxygen
    • C08G77/24Polysiloxanes containing silicon bound to organic groups containing atoms other than carbon, hydrogen and oxygen halogen-containing groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L77/00Compositions of polyamides obtained by reactions forming a carboxylic amide link in the main chain; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/52Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
    • C09K19/54Additives having no specific mesophase characterised by their chemical composition
    • C09K19/56Aligning agents
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L2205/00Polymer mixtures characterised by other features
    • C08L2205/02Polymer mixtures characterised by other features containing two or more polymers of the same C08L -group

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Silicon Polymers (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides a liquid crystal alignment film which fully satisfies that as a liquid crystal display element in the practical aspects requires characteristics such as liquid crystal alignment properties, voltage retention and light resistance, etc.; a method for forming the liquid crystal alignment film; a liquid crystal alignment agent which has excellent storage stability suitable for as a forming material of the liquid crystal alignment film and can adopt the liquid crystal alignment film formed by photoalignment; and a liquid crystal display element having the liquid crystal alignment film. The liquid crystal alignment agent comprises [A] polyorganosiloxane compounds having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of a piperidine structure, a phenol structure and an aniline structure.

Description

201144361 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明關於一種適合作爲液晶配向膜形成材料的液晶 配向劑、該液晶配向劑中所使用的聚有機矽氧烷化合物、 由該液晶配向劑所形成的液晶配向膜、液晶配向膜的形成 方法以及具備該液晶配向膜的液晶顯示元件。 【先前技術】 液晶顯示元件具有耗電小,容易小型化和平面化等優 點’因此可以廣泛·用於行動電話、液晶電視等液晶顯示裝 置。作爲液晶顯示裝置的顯示方式,例如,在專利文獻丨~ 4 中已經公開了根據液晶分子配向狀態的變化,而具有扭轉 向列型(TN型)、超扭轉向列型(STN型)、面內切換型(IPS 型)、垂直配向型(VA型)等液晶胞的液晶顯示元件。 上述各種液晶顯示元件的運行原理可以大致區分爲透 過型和反射型。透過型是藉由來自元件背面的背光源進行 顯示。該透過型液晶顯示元件所具備的液晶配向膜,由於 長時間暴露於來自背光源的光,因此在使用金屬鹵化物燈 等照射強度高的背光源進行照射時,存在有關於溫度上升 而產生的缺陷。另一方面,反射型不使用背光源,而是藉 由太陽光等來自外部的光的反射光進行顯示,因此與透過 型相比耗電少,但其一直暴露於強紫外線。此外,在液晶 顯示元件的製造步驟中,從縮減步驟等觀點考慮,可以採 用的液晶滴下方式’包括紫外線照射步驟。因此’任一種 201144361 液晶顯示元件都要求優良的耐熱性和耐光性。除此以外, 近年來的液晶顯示元件還希望其液晶配向性、電壓保持率 等電氣特性優良,並且不會產生殘像問題。 因此,開發出了一種由特定的聚矽氧烷溶液所形成, 耐熱性和耐光性優良的液晶配向膜的技術(參照專利文獻 5)。然而’隨著近年來製造環境和使用環境越來越嚴格, 即使採用該技術也無法滿足上述要求性能,此外塗布液的 保存穩定性也不足,因此不便於在工業中所使用。 鑒於這種狀況,希望開發一種作爲液晶顯示元件在實 用方面充分滿足所要求的液晶配向性、電壓保持率和耐光 性等特性’並且可以採用光配向法形成液晶配向膜的保存 穩定性優良的液晶配向劑。 現有技術 專利文獻 專利文獻1 專利文獻2 專利文獻3 專利文獻4 專利文獻5 專利文獻6 專利文獻7 專利文獻8 日本特開平4-153622號公報 曰本特開昭60-107020號公報 日本特開昭56-9 1 277號公報 美國第5,928,73 3號專利 曰本特開平9-281502號公報 曰本特開平6-287453號公報 曰本特開2003-307736號公報 曰本特開2004-163646號公報 【發明內容】 201144361 [發明所欲解決之問題] 本發明基於上述情況而進行,其目的是提供一種作爲 液日日顯不兀件在實用方面充分滿足所要求的液晶配向性、 電壓保持率和耐光性等特性的液晶配向膜;該液晶配向膜 的开^成方法’適合作爲液晶配向膜形成材料的保存穩定性 優良’並且可以採用光配向法形成液晶配向膜的液晶配向 劑;以及具備液晶配向膜的液晶顯示元件。 [解決問題之手段] 用於解決上述問題的發明是一種液晶配向劑,其含有 具有哌啶結構、酚結構及苯胺結構的[A]聚有機砂氧院化合 物。 該液晶配向劑的保存穩定性優良,由該液晶配向劑所 形成的液晶配向膜作爲液晶顯示元件在實用方面充分滿足 所要求的液晶配向性、電壓保持率和耐光性等特性。 上述哌啶結構較佳爲由下述式(A-1’ )表示,酚結構較 佳爲由下述式(A-2’ )表示,苯胺結構較佳爲由下述式BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION 1. Field of the Invention The present invention relates to a liquid crystal alignment agent suitable as a liquid crystal alignment film forming material, a polyorganosiloxane compound used in the liquid crystal alignment agent, and a liquid crystal alignment agent. A liquid crystal alignment film formed, a method of forming a liquid crystal alignment film, and a liquid crystal display element including the liquid crystal alignment film. [Prior Art] The liquid crystal display element has advantages such as low power consumption and ease of miniaturization and planarization. Therefore, it can be widely used for liquid crystal display devices such as mobile phones and liquid crystal televisions. As a display method of a liquid crystal display device, for example, it has been disclosed in the patent document 丨~4 that it has a twisted nematic type (TN type), a super twisted nematic type (STN type), and a surface according to a change in alignment state of liquid crystal molecules. A liquid crystal display element of a liquid crystal cell such as an internal switching type (IPS type) or a vertical alignment type (VA type). The operating principles of the above various liquid crystal display elements can be roughly classified into a transmissive type and a reflective type. The transmission type is displayed by a backlight from the back of the component. Since the liquid crystal alignment film provided in the transmissive liquid crystal display element is exposed to light from a backlight for a long period of time, when it is irradiated with a backlight having a high irradiation intensity such as a metal halide lamp, there is a rise in temperature. defect. On the other hand, the reflective type does not use a backlight, but is displayed by reflected light from external light such as sunlight. Therefore, it consumes less power than the transmissive type, but it is always exposed to strong ultraviolet rays. Further, in the manufacturing step of the liquid crystal display element, the liquid crystal dropping method "which can be employed" from the viewpoint of the reduction step or the like includes the ultraviolet irradiation step. Therefore, any of the 201144361 liquid crystal display elements requires excellent heat resistance and light resistance. In addition, in recent years, liquid crystal display elements are expected to have excellent electrical characteristics such as liquid crystal alignment property and voltage holding ratio, and do not cause an afterimage problem. Therefore, a technique of forming a liquid crystal alignment film excellent in heat resistance and light resistance by a specific polyoxyalkylene solution has been developed (see Patent Document 5). However, as the manufacturing environment and the use environment have become stricter in recent years, even if the technique is employed, the above-mentioned required performance cannot be satisfied, and the storage stability of the coating liquid is also insufficient, so that it is not convenient to be used in the industry. In view of such a situation, it is desired to develop a liquid crystal display element which satisfies the required characteristics such as liquid crystal alignment property, voltage holding ratio, and light resistance in practical use, and can form a liquid crystal excellent in storage stability of a liquid crystal alignment film by a photo-alignment method. An aligning agent. CITATION LIST Patent Literature Patent Literature 1 Patent Document 2 Patent Document 3 Patent Document 4 Patent Document 5 Patent Document 6 Patent Document 7 Patent Document 8 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei. U.S. Patent No. 5,928,73, No. 5, 928, No. 3, 928, pp. pp. [Description of the Invention] 201144361 [Problem to be Solved by the Invention] The present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and an object thereof is to provide a liquid crystal alignment property and a voltage retention ratio which are sufficiently satisfied as a liquid day display. And a liquid crystal alignment film having characteristics such as light resistance; the method for opening the liquid crystal alignment film is suitable as a liquid crystal alignment agent which is excellent in storage stability of a liquid crystal alignment film forming material and which can form a liquid crystal alignment film by photo-alignment method; A liquid crystal display element of a liquid crystal alignment film. [Means for Solving the Problem] The invention for solving the above problems is a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a [A] polyorganic oxide compound having a piperidine structure, a phenol structure and an aniline structure. The liquid crystal alignment agent is excellent in storage stability, and the liquid crystal alignment film formed of the liquid crystal alignment agent satisfies the characteristics such as liquid crystal alignment property, voltage holding ratio, and light resistance which are required for practical use as a liquid crystal display element. The above piperidine structure is preferably represented by the following formula (A-1'), and the phenol structure is preferably represented by the following formula (A-2'), and the aniline structure is preferably represented by the following formula:

(式(A-1’ )中, R1爲氫原子、碳原子數爲的烷基、碳原子數爲6〜20 201144361 的芳基、碳原子數爲7~13的芳烷基或1,3 -二側氧丁基。 R2〜R5各自獨立地爲碳原子數爲的烷基、碳原子數 爲6~12的芳基或碳原子數爲7〜13的芳院基。 X1爲單鍵、羰基或“-CONH-。X2〜X5各自獨立地爲單 鍵、羰基、**-CH2-CO-或**-CH2-CH(OH)-» **所表示的連接 鍵與哌啶環鍵結。 *所表示的連接鍵與聚有機矽氧烷骨架的主鏈或側鏈 鍵結。)(In the formula (A-1'), R1 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having a carbon number, an aryl group having 6 to 20 201144361, an aralkyl group having 7 to 13 carbon atoms, or 1,3 - two side oxybutyl groups. R2 to R5 are each independently an alkyl group having a carbon number, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, or an aromatic group having 7 to 13 carbon atoms. X1 is a single bond. The carbonyl group or "-CONH-.X2 to X5 are each independently a single bond, a carbonyl group, a **-CH2-CO- or a **-CH2-CH(OH)-» ** linkage and a piperidine ring bond * The indicated bond is bonded to the main or side chain of the polyorganosiloxane skeleton.)

(式(A-2’ )中,R6爲碳原子數爲1~16的烷基。並且, 該烷基在骨架鏈中可以具有氧原子、硫原子、羰基、酯基 或將它們中的兩種以上組合起來的基團。η爲0〜4的整數。 *所表示的連接鍵與聚有機矽氧烷骨架的主鏈或側鏈鍵 結。) RVR8(In the formula (A-2'), R6 is an alkyl group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms. Further, the alkyl group may have an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a carbonyl group, an ester group or two of them in the skeleton chain. A group in which the above is combined. η is an integer of 0 to 4. * The bond shown is bonded to the main chain or side chain of the polyorganosiloxane skeleton.) RVR8

(式(Α-3’ )中,R7和R8各自獨立地爲碳原子數爲1〜16 的烷基。其中,該烷基在骨架鏈中可以具有氧原子、硫原 子 '羰基、酯基或將它們中的兩種以上組合起來的基團。* 所表示的連接鍵與聚有機.矽氧烷骨架的主鏈或側鏈鍵結。) 201144361 在該液晶配向劑中,[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物,較佳爲 含有來自於由具有下述式(1)所表示的結構單元的聚有機 砂氧院、其水解物以及該水解物的縮合物所構成的群組中 選出的至少一種的部分,和來自於由下述式(A-1)、式(A-2) 和式(A-3)所表示的化合物所構成的群組中選出的至少一 種化合物的部分。 ~ Xa -Si—Ο—— (1 )(In the formula (Α-3'), R7 and R8 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms, wherein the alkyl group may have an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom 'carbonyl group, an ester group or the like in the skeleton chain. a group in which two or more of them are combined. * The bond represented by the bond is bonded to the main chain or side chain of the polyorganosiloxane skeleton.) 201144361 In the liquid crystal alignment agent, [A] polyorganic The oxoxane compound preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a polyorganic oxalate having a structural unit represented by the following formula (1), a hydrolyzate thereof, and a condensate of the hydrolyzate. And a part derived from at least one compound selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following formula (A-1), formula (A-2) and formula (A-3). ~ Xa -Si-Ο—— (1)

II

Ya (式(l)中’ ^爲具有環氧基的i價有機基團° γ3爲淫 基、碳原子數爲1〜10的烷氧基、碳原子數爲1〜20的院基 或碳原子數爲6〜20的芳基。) R1Ya (in the formula (l), '^ is an i-valent organic group having an epoxy group. γ3 is a sulfhydryl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a carbon or carbon group of 1 to 20 or a carbon group. An aryl group having an atomic number of 6 to 20.) R1

(A-1)(A-1)

201144361201144361

(A-3) (式(A-l)中,R〗~R5和X1〜X5和上述式(A-l,)同義。 式(A-2)中,R6和上述式(A-2’ )同義。 式(A-3)中,R7和R8和上述式(A-3’ )同義。 式(A-1)〜(A-3)中,Y爲單鍵、碳原子數爲1~16的烷烴 二基。並且’上述烷烴二基在結構中可以具有氧原子、硫 原子、羰基 '酯基、醯胺基或將它們中的兩種以上組合起 來的基團。Z爲羧基或羥基。) 在該液晶配向劑中’ [A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物由於含有 來自於由具有上述式(1)所表示的結構單元的聚有機矽氧 院、其水解物以及該水解物的縮合物所構成的群組中選出 的至少一種的部分’因此可以很容易地將哌啶結構等具有 自由基捕捉能力的結構導入到[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物 中*從而提商耐光性。 在該液晶配向劑中,上述式(丨)中的χ a,較佳爲下述式 (Xa-1)或式(Xa-2)所表示的基團,並更佳爲下述式(χΜ_υ 或(Xa-2-l)所表示的基團》 201144361(A-3) (In the formula (Al), R to R5 and X1 to X5 are synonymous with the above formula (Al,). In the formula (A-2), R6 is synonymous with the above formula (A-2'). In (A-3), R7 and R8 are synonymous with the above formula (A-3'). In the formula (A-1) to (A-3), Y is a single bond, and an alkane having 1 to 16 carbon atoms And the above-mentioned alkanediyl group may have an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a carbonyl 'ester group, a guanamine group or a group combining two or more of them in the structure. Z is a carboxyl group or a hydroxyl group. In the liquid crystal alignment agent, the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound contains a polyorganosiloxane having a structural unit represented by the above formula (1), a hydrolyzate thereof, and a condensate of the hydrolyzate. At least one selected portion of the group 'so that a structure having a radical scavenging ability such as a piperidine structure can be easily introduced into the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound* to improve light resistance. In the liquid crystal alignment agent, χ a in the above formula (丨) is preferably a group represented by the following formula (Xa-1) or formula (Xa-2), and more preferably a formula (χΜ_υ). Or the group represented by (Xa-2-l) 201144361

(Xa-1) CVH2V-*(Xa-1) CVH2V-*

CsH2s oCsH2s o

(Xa-2) (式(xa-l)和式(Xa-2)中’ s爲0〜3的整數。t爲U6的整 數。u爲0~2的整數。v爲0〜6的整數。*所表示的連接鍵 與矽原子鍵結。)(Xa-2) (In the formula (xa-1) and the formula (Xa-2), 's is an integer of 0 to 3. t is an integer of U6. u is an integer of 0 to 2. v is an integer of 0 to 6. * The connection key represented by the * is bonded to the helium atom.)

(式(XM-1)和式(Xa-2-l)中’ *所表示的連接鍵與矽原子 鍵結。) 藉由採用上述特定基團作爲上述具有環氧基的1價有 機基團’很容易將來自於上述式(Α_υ、式(A_2)或式(A_3) 所表示的化合物的部分導入到該液晶配向劑的[A ]聚有機 矽氧烷化合物中。 在該液晶配向劑中’ [A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物較佳爲包 含具有液晶配向能力的結構。[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物,藉 由包含具有液晶配向能力的結構’可以進一步提高液晶配 向能力。 上述具有液晶配向能力的結構’較佳爲具有由具有類 -10- 201144361 固醇骨架的碳原子數爲17〜51的有機基團、碳原子數爲 2~20的烷基、碳原子數爲卜20的氟烷基、環己基、具有碳 原子數爲2 ~ 20的烷基的烷氧基芳基、具有碳原子數爲1〜20 的烷基的烷基環己基、具有碳原子數爲1〜20的氟烷基的氟 烷基環己基和具有碳原子數爲1〜20的氟基烷氧基的氟基烷 氧基環己基所構成的群組中選出的至少一種基團。具有液 晶配向能力的結構,藉由具有上述特定基團(以下,有時稱 爲"液晶配向性基團”),可以對該液晶配向劑賦予更優良 的液晶配向能力。 上述具有液晶配向能力的結構,較佳爲具有下述式 (B-1)所表示的結構。(The linkage bond represented by '* in the formula (XM-1) and the formula (Xa-2-l) is bonded to a ruthenium atom.) By using the above specific group as the above monovalent organic group having an epoxy group It is easy to introduce a moiety derived from the compound represented by the above formula (Α_υ, formula (A_2) or formula (A_3) into the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound of the liquid crystal alignment agent. In the liquid crystal alignment agent The [A] polyorganosiloxane compound preferably contains a structure having a liquid crystal alignment ability. [A] a polyorganosiloxane compound, which can further improve the liquid crystal alignment ability by including a structure having a liquid crystal alignment ability. The structure of the liquid crystal alignment ability 'preferably has an organic group having a carbon number of 17 to 51 having a sterol skeleton of the type --10-201144361, an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and a carbon number of 20 a fluoroalkyl group, a cyclohexyl group, an alkoxyaryl group having an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkylcyclohexyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and having 1 to 1 carbon atom; a fluoroalkylcyclohexyl group of 20 fluoroalkyl group and a fluorine group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms At least one group selected from the group consisting of fluoroalkylalkoxycyclohexyl groups having a liquid crystal alignment ability, having the above specific group (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "liquid crystal alignment group) The liquid crystal alignment agent can impart more excellent liquid crystal alignment ability to the liquid crystal alignment agent. The structure having the liquid crystal alignment ability preferably has a structure represented by the following formula (B-1).

(式(B-1)中,m爲0〜4的整數。) 由於具有液晶配向能力的結構具有上述特定結構,因 此即使藉由光配向法,也可以由該液晶配向劑形成液晶配 向膜。 該液晶配向劑,較佳爲進一步含有[B ]由聚醯胺酸和聚 醯亞胺所構成的群組中選出的至少一種聚合物(以下,有時 稱爲“[B]聚合物”)。藉由使用進一步含有[B]聚合物的液 晶配向劑製作液晶配向膜,可以得到電壓保持率等電氣特 性進一步改善的液晶顯示元件。 該液晶配向劑較佳爲進一步含有[C]具有下述式(2)所 -11- 201144361 表示的結構單元的聚有機矽氧烷化合物(以下,有時稱爲 “[c]其他的聚有機矽氧烷化合物”)。 xb(In the formula (B-1), m is an integer of 0 to 4.) Since the structure having the liquid crystal alignment ability has the above specific structure, the liquid crystal alignment film can be formed from the liquid crystal alignment agent even by the photoalignment method. The liquid crystal alignment agent preferably further contains at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of polylysine and polyimine (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "[B] polymer") . By using a liquid crystal alignment film further containing a [B] polymer, a liquid crystal alignment film can be obtained, whereby a liquid crystal display element having further improved electrical characteristics such as voltage holding ratio can be obtained. The liquid crystal alignment agent preferably further contains [C] a polyorganosiloxane compound having a structural unit represented by the following formula (2)-11 to 201144361 (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "[c] other polyorganisms) A siloxane compound"). Xb

I --Si—Ο (2 )I --Si—Ο (2 )

Yb _ (式(2)中,Xb爲羥基、鹵原子、碳原子數爲1~20的烷 基、碳原子數爲1〜6的烷氧基或碳原子數爲6〜20的芳基。 Yb爲羥基或碳原子數爲1〜10的烷氧基。) 該液晶配向劑藉由進一步含有[C]其他的聚有機矽氧 烷化合物,可以促進[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物的交聯,從而 可以進一步提高所得的液晶顯示元件的電壓保持率等。 本發明的液晶配向膜的形成方法,具有: (1) 將包含[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物的液晶配向劑塗布 在基板上以形成塗膜的步驟,該[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物包 含具有上述式(B-1)所表示的結構的具有液晶配向能力的結 構,以及 (2) 對步驟(1)所形成的塗膜的至少一部分照射放射線 的步驟。 藉由使用該液晶配向劑的本發明的形成方法,可以形 成作爲液晶顯示元件在實用方面充分滿足所要求的液晶配 向性、電壓保持率和耐光性等特性的液晶配向膜。 由該液晶配向劑所形成的液晶配向膜以及具備該液晶 配向膜的液晶顯示元件也適當地包含在本發明中。具備由 該液晶配向劑所形成的液晶配向膜的本申請的液晶顯示元 -12- 201144361 件,可以適當用於例如鐘錶、可攜式遊戲機、文字處理器、 筆記型電腦、汽車導航系統、攝影機、可攜式資訊終端、 數位相機、行動電話、各種顯示器、液晶電視等顯示裝置。 另外,上述R1所表示的碳原子數爲6〜20的芳基、碳 原子數爲7~13的芳烷基、R、R5所表示的碳原子數爲 的烷基、碳原子數爲6〜12的芳基和碳原子數爲7〜13的芳 烷基所具有的氫原子的一部分或全部可以被取代。 [發明之功效] 根據本發明’可以提供一種作爲液晶顯示元件在實用 方面充分滿足所要求的液晶配向性、電壓保持率和耐光性 等特性的液晶配向膜、該液晶配向膜的形成方法 '適合作 爲液晶配向膜形成材料的保存穩定性優良,並且可以採用 光配向法形成液晶配向膜的液晶配向劑以及具備液晶配向 膜的液晶顯示元件。具備由該液晶配向劑所形成的液晶配 向膜的本申請的液晶顯示元件,可以適當用於例如鐘錶、 可攜式遊戲機、文字處理器、筆記型電腦、汽車導航系統、 攝影機、可攜式資訊終端、數位相機、行動電話、各種顯 不器、液晶電視等顯示裝置。 【實施方式】 [本發明之最佳實施方式] 以下’對本發明的實施方式進行詳述。 <液晶配向劑> 本發明的液晶配向劑,含有具有由哌啶結構、酚結構 -13- 201144361 及苯胺結構所構成的群組中選出的至少一種結構的[A]聚 有機矽氧烷化合物。該液晶配向劑的保存穩定性優良,由 該液晶配向劑所形成的液晶配向膜,作爲液晶顯示元件在 實用方面充分滿足所要求的液晶配向性、電壓保持率和耐 光性等特性。此外,[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物較佳爲包含具 有液晶配向能力的結構,並且該液晶配向劑較佳爲含有[A ] 聚有機矽氧烷化合物以外的聚合物(以下,有時稱爲“其他 聚合物”),進一步,只要不損害本發明的效果,該液晶配 向劑可以含有任選成分。以下,對[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合 物、具有液晶配向能力的結構、其他聚合物以及任選成分 進行詳述。 <[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物> [A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物,具有由哌啶結構、酚結構及 苯胺結構所構成的群組中選出的至少一種結構。此外,[A] 聚有機矽氧烷化合物較佳爲含有來自於具有上述式(1)所 表示的結構單元的聚有機矽氧烷(以下,有時稱爲“具有環 氧基的聚有機矽氧烷”)的部分,和來自於由上述式(A-1)、 式(A-2)和式(A-3)所表示的化合物所構成的群組中選出的 至少一種化合物的部分。這種[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物,可 以藉由具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷與上述式(A-1)、式(A-2) 或式(A-3)所表示的化合物的反應而得到。在該液晶配向劑 中’ [A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物’由於含有來自於由具有上述 式U )所表示的結構單元的聚有機矽氧烷、其水解物以及該 -14- 201144361 水解物的縮合物所構成的群組中選出的至少一種的部分, 医1此可以很容易地將哌啶結構等具有自由基捕捉能力的結 構導入到[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物中,從而提高耐光性。以 下’對具有哌啶結構、酚結構、苯胺結構和環氧基的聚有 機矽氧烷進行詳述。 [哌啶結構] 作爲[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物所具有的哌啶結構,較佳 爲上述式(A -1 ’)所表示的結構。 具有這種哌啶結構的[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物,可以藉 由具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷與上述式(A-1)所表示的化 合物的反應而得到。 作爲上述R^R5所表示的碳原子數爲1~6的烷基,可 以是直鏈狀或分枝狀的任一種,可以列舉例如甲基、乙基、 丙基、丁基、戊基、己基等。 作爲上述R1所表示的碳原子數爲6 ~ 20的芳基,可以 列舉例如苯基、萘基、氧基苯甲酸等。此外,芳基的芳香 環所具有的氫原子的一部分或全部較佳爲被甲醯基或碳原 子數爲1~4的烷氧基取代。 作爲上述R1〜R5所表示的碳原子數爲7~ 13的芳烷基, 可以列舉例如苄基、苯乙基等。此外,芳烷基的芳香環所 具有的氫原子的一部分或全部較佳爲被甲醯基或碳原子@ 爲1~4的烷氧基取代。 作爲上述R2〜R5所表示的碳原子數爲6~ 12的芳基,可 -15- 201144361 以列舉例如苯基、萘基等。此外,芳基的芳香環所具有的 氫原子的一部分或全部較佳爲被甲醯基或碳原子數爲1〜4 的烷氧基取代。 作爲上述R、R5所表示的碳原子數爲1〜4的院氧基, 可以列舉例如甲氧基 '乙氧基、正丙氧基等。 作爲上述式(A-1)中的Z,較佳爲羧基,例如,下述式 (A-1-1)〜(A-卜4)所表示的化合物,可以列舉爲式(Α_υ的較 佳爲例。Yb _ (In the formula (2), Xb is a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Yb is a hydroxyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.) The liquid crystal alignment agent can promote the crosslinking of the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound by further containing [C] other polyorganosiloxane compound. In combination, the voltage holding ratio and the like of the obtained liquid crystal display element can be further improved. The method for forming a liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention comprises: (1) a step of coating a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a [A] polyorganosiloxane compound on a substrate to form a coating film, the [A] polyorganosiloxane The compound contains a structure having a liquid crystal alignment ability having the structure represented by the above formula (B-1), and (2) a step of irradiating at least a part of the coating film formed in the step (1) with radiation. By the method of the present invention using the liquid crystal alignment agent, it is possible to form a liquid crystal alignment film which satisfies the required characteristics such as liquid crystal alignment property, voltage holding ratio and light resistance as a liquid crystal display element in practical use. A liquid crystal alignment film formed of the liquid crystal alignment agent and a liquid crystal display element including the liquid crystal alignment film are also suitably included in the present invention. The liquid crystal display element-12-201144361 of the present application having the liquid crystal alignment film formed of the liquid crystal alignment agent can be suitably used for, for example, a timepiece, a portable game machine, a word processor, a notebook computer, a car navigation system, Display devices such as cameras, portable information terminals, digital cameras, mobile phones, various displays, and LCD TVs. Further, the aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms represented by the above R1, the aralkyl group having 7 to 13 carbon atoms, the alkyl group having the carbon number represented by R and R5, and the carbon number of 6~ A part or all of the hydrogen atom of the aryl group of 12 and the aralkyl group having 7 to 13 carbon atoms may be substituted. [Effects of the Invention] According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a liquid crystal alignment film which satisfies the required characteristics such as liquid crystal alignment, voltage holding ratio, and light resistance as a liquid crystal display element, and a method for forming the liquid crystal alignment film. The liquid crystal alignment film forming material is excellent in storage stability, and a liquid crystal alignment agent which forms a liquid crystal alignment film by a photo-alignment method and a liquid crystal display element including a liquid crystal alignment film can be used. The liquid crystal display element of the present application having the liquid crystal alignment film formed of the liquid crystal alignment agent can be suitably used for, for example, a timepiece, a portable game machine, a word processor, a notebook computer, a car navigation system, a video camera, and a portable type. Display devices such as information terminals, digital cameras, mobile phones, various display devices, and LCD TVs. [Embodiment] [Best Mode for Carrying Out the Invention] Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail. <Liquid crystal alignment agent> The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention contains [A] polyorganooxane having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of a piperidine structure, a phenol structure-13-201144361, and an aniline structure. Compound. The liquid crystal alignment agent is excellent in storage stability, and the liquid crystal alignment film formed of the liquid crystal alignment agent satisfies the characteristics such as desired liquid crystal alignment property, voltage holding ratio, and light resistance as a liquid crystal display element. Further, the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound preferably has a structure having a liquid crystal alignment ability, and the liquid crystal alignment agent preferably contains a polymer other than the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as Further, the "liquid crystal alignment agent" may contain an optional component as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired. Hereinafter, the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound, a structure having a liquid crystal alignment ability, other polymers, and optional components will be described in detail. <[A] Polyorganosiloxane compound> [A] A polyorganosiloxane compound having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of a piperidine structure, a phenol structure, and an aniline structure. Further, the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound preferably contains a polyorganosiloxane having a structural unit represented by the above formula (1) (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "polyorganofluorene having an epoxy group" a portion of the oxane ") and a portion derived from at least one compound selected from the group consisting of the compounds represented by the above formula (A-1), the formula (A-2), and the formula (A-3). Such a [A] polyorganosiloxane compound can be represented by the polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group and the above formula (A-1), formula (A-2) or formula (A-3). Obtained by the reaction of the compound. In the liquid crystal alignment agent, '[A] polyorganosiloxane compound' contains a polyorganosiloxane derived from a structural unit represented by the above formula U), a hydrolyzate thereof, and the hydrolyzate of the same -14-11444361 The at least one selected from the group consisting of condensates can easily introduce a structure having a radical scavenging ability such as a piperidine structure into the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound, thereby improving Lightfastness. The polyorganosiloxane having a piperidine structure, a phenol structure, an aniline structure and an epoxy group is described in detail below. [Piperidine structure] The piperidine structure of the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound is preferably a structure represented by the above formula (A-1'). The [A] polyorganosiloxane compound having such a piperidine structure can be obtained by a reaction of a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group with a compound represented by the above formula (A-1). The alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by the above R^R5 may be either linear or branched, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, and a pentyl group. Heji and so on. The aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms represented by the above R1 may, for example, be a phenyl group, a naphthyl group or an oxybenzoic acid. Further, a part or all of the hydrogen atoms of the aromatic ring of the aryl group are preferably substituted with a fluorenyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The aralkyl group having 7 to 13 carbon atoms represented by the above R1 to R5 may, for example, be a benzyl group or a phenethyl group. Further, a part or all of the hydrogen atoms of the aromatic ring of the aralkyl group are preferably substituted by a fluorenyl group or an alkoxy group having a carbon atom of 1-4. The aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms represented by the above R2 to R5 may be, for example, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group. Further, a part or all of the hydrogen atoms of the aromatic ring of the aryl group are preferably substituted by a fluorenyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The oxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms represented by the above R and R5 may, for example, be a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a n-propoxy group. The Z in the above formula (A-1) is preferably a carboxyl group, and examples of the compound represented by the following formulas (A-1-1) to (A-b 4) are preferably those of the formula (Α_υ). For example.

作爲[A ]聚有機砂氧院化合物中(A -1 ’)結構的比例,相 對於Xa,較佳爲2莫耳%~80莫耳%,更佳爲5莫耳%~75 莫耳%,並特佳爲25莫耳%~60莫耳%。 [酣結構] 作爲[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物所具有的酚結構’較佳爲 -16- 201144361 上述式(A-2’ )所表示的結構。 具有這種酚結構的[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物,可以藉由 具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷與上述式(A-2)所表示的化合 物的反應而得到。 作爲上述R6所表示的碳原子數爲1〜16的烷基,可以 是直鏈狀或分枝狀的任一種,可以列舉例如甲基、乙基、 丙基、丁基、戊基、己基等。 作爲上述式(A-2)中的Z,較佳爲羧基,例如,下述式 (Α-2-1)~(Α_2-7)所表示的化合物,可以列舉爲式(Α·2)的較 佳爲例。 -17- 201144361The ratio of the (A -1 ') structure in the [A] polyorganic oxide compound is preferably from 2 mol% to 80 mol%, more preferably from 5 mol% to 75 mol%, relative to Xa. And especially good for 25 mol% ~ 60 mol%. [酣 structure] The phenol structure of the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound is preferably -16-201144361. The structure represented by the above formula (A-2'). The [A] polyorganosiloxane compound having such a phenol structure can be obtained by a reaction of a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group with a compound represented by the above formula (A-2). The alkyl group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms represented by the above R6 may be either linear or branched, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group and the like. . Z in the above formula (A-2) is preferably a carboxyl group. For example, a compound represented by the following formula (Α-2-1) to (Α_2-7) may be exemplified by the formula (Α·2). Preferably, it is an example. -17- 201144361

OH (A-2-3)OH (A-2-3)

COOH (A-2-4)COOH (A-2-4)

H3C OH ^ COOHH3C OH ^ COOH

OHOH

H3C COOHH3C COOH

H3CO OH ^ COOH (A-2-5) (A-2-6) (A-2-7) 例,相 F % 〜80 作爲[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物中(A-2’ )結構的比 對於Xa,較佳爲10莫耳%~90莫耳%,更佳爲20莫Ϊ 莫耳%,並特佳爲25莫耳%〜75莫耳%。 [苯胺結構] -18- 201144361 作爲[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物所具有的苯胺結構,較佳 爲上述式(A-3’ )所表示的結構。 具有這種苯胺結構的[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物,可以藉 由具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷與上述式(A_3)所表示的化 合物的反應而得到。 作爲上述R7和R8所表示的碳原子數爲1~16的烷基, 可以列舉和上述式(A-2)中所說明的烷基相同的烷基。 作爲上述式(A-3)中的Z,較佳爲羧基,例如,下述式 (Α-3·1)~(Α-3-8)所表示的化合物,可以列舉爲式(A_3)的較 佳爲例。 -19- 201144361 (A-3-1)H3CO OH ^ COOH (A-2-5) (A-2-6) (A-2-7) Example, phase F % ~ 80 as [A] polyorganosiloxane compound (A-2') structure The ratio is preferably from 10 mol% to 90 mol%, more preferably 20 mol%, and particularly preferably 25 mol% to 75 mol% for Xa. [Aniline structure] -18- 201144361 The aniline structure of the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound is preferably a structure represented by the above formula (A-3'). The [A] polyorganosiloxane compound having such an aniline structure can be obtained by a reaction of a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group with a compound represented by the above formula (A-3). The alkyl group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms represented by the above R7 and R8 may be the same alkyl group as the alkyl group described in the above formula (A-2). The Z in the above formula (A-3) is preferably a carboxyl group. For example, a compound represented by the following formula (Α-3·1) to (Α-3-8) may be exemplified by the formula (A-3). Preferably, it is an example. -19- 201144361 (A-3-1)

COOHCOOH

C7H15 \ (A-3-2) (A-3-3) (A-3-4) (A-3-5) (A-3-6) COOH (A·3 - 7) COOH (A- 3 - 8) r C7H15C7H15 \ (A-3-2) (A-3-3) (A-3-4) (A-3-5) (A-3-6) COOH (A·3 - 7) COOH (A-3 - 8) r C7H15

CeH,7 \CeH, 7 \

II

CeH17 作爲[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物中(A_3,)結構的比例,相 對於Xa’較佳爲10莫耳%~90莫耳%,更佳爲20莫耳%〜80 莫耳% ’並特佳爲25莫耳%~75莫耳%。 [具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷] 具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷,是指在[A]聚有機砂氧院 化合物的結構中,包含作爲聚合物主鏈的聚有機砂氧院骨 -20- 201144361 架’和從該聚有機矽氧烷分支出來的作爲聚合物主鏈的含 環氧基骨架的槪念。 作爲上述式(1)中的xam表示的具有環氧基的1價有機 基團’只要是具有環氧基的1價有機基團,就沒有特別限 定’可以列舉例如包含縮水甘油基、縮水甘油氧基、環氧 基環己基的基團等。其中’ xa較佳爲上述式(Xa-1)或(Xa_2) 所表示的基團’並更佳爲上述式(Xa-1-1)或(Xa-2-l)所表示 的基團。藉由採用上述特定基團作爲上述具有環氧基的1 價有機基團,很容易將來自於上述式(A-1)、式(A-2)或式 (A-3)所表示的化合物的部分導入到該液晶配向劑的[A]聚 有機矽氧烷化合物中。 作爲上述式(1)中的Ya所表示的碳原子數爲1~10的烷 氧基,可以列舉例如甲氧基、乙氧基、正丙氧基、異丙氧 基、正丁氧基、異丁氧基等。 作爲上述式(1)中的Ya所表示的碳原子數爲1〜20的烷 基,可以列舉例如直鏈狀或分枝狀的甲基、乙基、丙基、 丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基、 十二烷基、十三烷基、十四烷基、十五烷基、十六烷基、 十七烷基、十八烷基、十九烷基、二十烷基等。 作爲上述式(1)中的Ya所表示的碳原子數爲6~20的芳 基,可以列舉例如苯基、萘基等。 [具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷的合成方法] 具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷’可以藉由較佳在適當的 -21- 201144361 有機溶劑、水和催化劑的存在下,較佳爲使具有環氧基的 矽烷化合物或具有環氧基的矽烷化合物與其他矽烷化合物 的混合物,進行水解或水解·縮合而合成。 作爲具有環氧基的砂院化合物’可以列舉例如3 _縮水 甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3 -縮水甘油氧基丙基三乙氧 基矽烷、3 -縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3_縮水 甘油氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基二 甲基甲氧基矽烷、3 -縮水甘油氧基丙基二甲基乙氧基矽 烷' 2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧 基環己基)乙基三乙氧基矽烷等。它們可以單獨使用或將兩 種以上組合使用。 作爲其他矽烷化合物,可以列舉例如四氯矽烷、四甲 氧基矽烷、四乙氧基矽烷、四正丙氧基矽烷、四異丙氧基 矽烷、四正丁氧基矽烷、四二級丁氧基矽烷、三氯矽烷、 三甲氧基矽烷、三乙氧基矽烷、三正丙氧基矽烷、三異丙 氧基矽烷、三正丁氧基矽烷、三二級丁氧基矽烷、氟三氯 矽烷、氟三甲氧基矽烷、氟三乙氧基矽烷、氟三正丙氧基 矽烷、氟三異丙氧基矽烷、氟三正丁氧基矽烷、氟三二級 丁氧基矽烷、甲基三氯矽烷、甲基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基三 乙氧基矽烷、甲基三正丙氧基矽烷、甲基三異丙氧基矽烷、 甲基三正丁氧基矽烷、甲基三二級丁氧基矽烷、2-(三氟甲 基)乙基三氯矽烷、2·(三氟甲基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、2-(三 氟甲基)乙基三乙氧基矽烷、2-(三氟甲基)乙基三正丙氧基 -22- 201144361 矽烷、2-(三氟甲基)乙基三異丙氧基矽烷、2 ·(三氟甲基)乙 基三正丁氧基矽烷、2-(三氟甲基)乙基三二級丁氧基矽烷、 2-(全氟正己基)乙基三氯矽烷、2-(全氟正己基)乙基三甲氧 基矽烷、2-(全氟正己基)乙基三乙氧基矽烷、2-(全氟正己 基)乙基三正丙氧基矽烷、2-(全氟正己基)乙基三異丙氧基 矽烷、2-(全氟正己基)乙基三正丁氧基矽烷、2-(全氟正己 基)乙基三二級丁氧基矽烷、2-(全氟正辛基)乙基三氯矽 烷、2_(全氟正辛基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、2-(全氟正辛基)乙 基三乙氧基矽烷、2·(全氟正辛基)乙基三正丙氧基矽烷、 2- (全氟正辛基)乙基三異丙氧基矽烷、2-(全氟正辛基)乙基 三正丁氧基矽烷、2-(全氟正辛基)乙基三二級丁氧基矽烷、 羥基甲基三氯矽烷、羥基甲基三甲氧基矽烷、羥基乙基三 甲氧基矽烷、羥基甲基三正丙氧基矽烷、羥基甲基三異丙 氧基矽烷、羥基甲基三正丁氧基矽烷、羥基甲基三二級丁 氧基矽烷、3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基三氯矽烷、3-(甲基)丙 烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙 氧基矽烷、3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基三正丙氧基矽烷、3-(甲 基)丙烯醯氧基丙基三異丙氧基矽烷、3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基 丙基三正丁氧基矽烷、3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基三二級丁氧 基矽烷、3-锍基丙基三氯矽烷、3-锍基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、 3- 锍基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-锍基丙基三正丙氧基矽烷、3-锍基丙基三異丙氧基矽烷、3 -毓基丙基三正丁氧基矽烷、 3 -毓基丙基三二級丁氧基矽烷、锍基甲基三甲氧基矽烷、 -23- 201144361 巯基甲基三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三氯矽烷、乙烯基三甲氧 基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三正丙氧基矽烷、 乙烯基三異丙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三正丁氧基矽烷、乙烯基 三二級丁氧基矽烷、烯丙基三氯矽烷、烯丙基三甲氧基矽 烷、烯丙基三乙氧基矽烷、烯丙基三正丙氧基矽烷、烯丙 基三異丙氧基矽烷、烯丙基三正丁氧基矽烷、烯丙基三二 級丁氧基矽烷、苯基三氯矽烷、苯基三甲氧基矽烷、苯基 三乙氧基矽烷、苯基三正丙氧基矽烷、苯基三異丙氧基矽 烷、苯基三正丁氧基矽烷、苯基三二級丁氧基矽烷、甲基 二氯矽烷、甲基二甲氧基矽烷、甲基二乙氧基矽烷、甲基 二正丙氧基矽烷、甲基二異丙氧基矽烷、甲基二正丁氧基 矽烷、甲基二二級丁氧基矽烷、二甲基二氯矽烷、二甲基 二甲氧基矽烷、二甲基二乙氧基矽烷、二甲基二正丙氧基 矽烷、二甲基二異丙氧基矽烷、二甲基二正丁氧基矽烷、 二甲基二二級丁氧基矽烷、(甲基)[2-(全氟正辛基)乙基]二 氯矽烷、(甲基)[2-(全氟正辛基)乙基]二甲氧基矽烷、(甲 基)[2_(全氟正辛基)乙基]二乙氧基矽烷、(甲基)[2-(全氟正 辛基)乙基]二正丙氧基矽烷、(甲基)U-(全氟正辛基)乙基] 二異丙氧基矽烷、(甲基)[2-(全氟正辛基)乙基]二正丁氧基 矽烷、(甲基)[2-(全氟正辛基)乙基]二二級丁氧基矽烷、(甲 基)(3-锍基丙基)二氯矽烷、(甲基)(3-巯基丙基)二甲氧基矽 烷、(甲基K3-锍基丙基)二乙氧基矽烷、(甲基)(3-锍基丙基) 二正丙氧基矽烷、(甲基)(3-锍基丙基)二異丙氧基矽烷、(甲 -24- 201144361 基)(3-巯基丙基)二正丁氧基矽烷、(甲基)(3-锍基丙基)二二 級丁氧基矽烷 ' (甲基)(乙烯基)二氯矽烷、(甲基)(乙烯基) 二甲氧基矽烷、(甲基)(乙烯基)二乙氧基矽烷、(甲基)(乙烯 基)二正丙氧基矽烷、(甲基)(乙烯基)二異丙氧基矽烷、(甲 基)(乙烯基)二正丁氧基矽烷、(甲基)(乙烯基)二二級丁氧基 矽烷、二乙烯基二氯矽烷、二乙烯基二甲氧基矽烷、二乙 烯基二乙氧基矽烷、二乙烯基二正丙氧基矽烷、二乙烯基 二異丙氧基矽烷、二乙烯基二正丁氧基矽烷、二乙烯基二 二級丁氧基矽烷、二苯基二氯矽烷、二苯基二甲氧基矽烷、 二苯基二乙氧基矽烷、二苯基二正丙氧基矽烷、二苯基二 異丙氧基矽烷、二苯基二正丁氧基矽烷、二苯基二二級丁 氧基矽烷、氯二甲基矽烷、甲氧基二甲基矽烷、乙氧基二 甲基矽烷、氯三甲基矽烷、溴三甲基矽烷、碘三甲基矽烷、 甲氧基三甲基矽烷、乙氧基三甲基矽烷、正丙氧基三甲基 矽烷、異丙氧基三甲基矽烷、正丁氧基三甲基矽烷、二級 丁氧基三甲基矽烷、三級丁氧基三甲基矽烷、(氯)(乙烯基) 二甲基矽烷、(甲氧基)(乙烯基)二甲基矽烷、(乙氧基)(乙烯 基)二甲基矽烷、(氯)(甲基)二苯基矽烷、(甲氧基)(甲基)二 苯基矽烷、(乙氧基)(甲基)二苯基矽烷等具有1個矽原子的 矽烷化合物等。它們可以單獨使用或將兩種以上組合使用。 可以作爲市售品的材料’可以列舉例如 KC-89、 KC-89S 、 X-21-3153 ' X-21-5841' X-21-5842' X-21-5843' X,2 1 -5 844 ' X-2 1 -5 845 ' X-2 1 -5 846 ' X-2 1 -5 847 ' X-2 1 -5 848 ' -25- 201144361 X-22-1 60AS 、 X-22- 1 70B 、 X-22- 1 70BX 、 X-22- 1 70D 、 X-22- 1 70DX 、X-22- 1 76B、X-22- 1 76D、 X-22- 1 76DX、 X-22-176F' X-40-2308' X-40-2651' X-40-2655A' X-40-2671' X-40-2672、 X-40-9220、 X-40-9225、 X-40-9227、 X-40-9246 、 X-40-9247、 X-40-9250、 X-40-9323、 X-41-1053、 X-41-1056、 X-41-1805、 X-41-1810、 KF6001、 KF6002、 KF6003、 KR212、 KR-213、KR-217、KR220L、KR242A、KR271、KR282、KR300、 KR311、 KR401N、 KR500、 KR510、 KR5206、 KR5230、 KR5235、 KR9218、KR9706(以上,信越化學工業公司);The ratio of CeH17 as the structure of the (A_3,) structure in the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound is preferably from 10 mol% to 90 mol%, more preferably from 20 mol% to 80 mol%, relative to Xa'. And especially good for 25 mol% ~ 75 mol%. [Polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group] The polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group means a polyorganosiloxane containing a polymer main chain in the structure of the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound.院骨-20- 201144361 Frame 'and the nucleation of the epoxy-containing skeleton as a polymer backbone branched from the polyorganosiloxane. The monovalent organic group having an epoxy group represented by xam in the above formula (1) is not particularly limited as long as it is a monovalent organic group having an epoxy group, and examples thereof include glycidyl group and glycidol. A group of an oxy group, an epoxycyclohexyl group, or the like. Wherein 'xa is preferably a group ' represented by the above formula (Xa-1) or (Xa_2) and more preferably a group represented by the above formula (Xa-1-1) or (Xa-2-l). By using the above specific group as the above monovalent organic group having an epoxy group, the compound represented by the above formula (A-1), formula (A-2) or formula (A-3) can be easily used. A portion is introduced into the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound of the liquid crystal alignment agent. The alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms represented by Ya in the above formula (1) may, for example, be a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a n-propoxy group, an isopropoxy group or a n-butoxy group. Isobutoxy and the like. The alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by Ya in the above formula (1) may, for example, be a linear or branched methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group or a hexyl group. , heptyl, octyl, decyl, decyl, lauryl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, hexadecyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl , nonadecyl, eicosyl and the like. The aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms represented by Ya in the above formula (1) may, for example, be a phenyl group or a naphthyl group. [Synthesis method of polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group] Polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group can be preferably carried out in the presence of an appropriate organic solvent, water and a catalyst in the appropriate period from 21 to 201144361. A mixture of a decane compound having an epoxy group or a decane compound having an epoxy group and another decane compound is synthesized by hydrolysis or hydrolysis/condensation. Examples of the sand compound having an epoxy group include, for example, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxydecane, and 3-glycidoxypropylmethyl. Dimethoxydecane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxydecane, 3-glycidoxypropyldimethylmethoxydecane, 3-glycidoxypropyldimethylethyl Oxydecane '2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltriethoxydecane, and the like. They may be used singly or in combination of two or more. As other decane compounds, for example, tetrachlorodecane, tetramethoxy decane, tetraethoxy decane, tetra-n-propoxy decane, tetraisopropoxy decane, tetra-n-butoxy decane, and tetra-second butoxy Base decane, trichloro decane, trimethoxy decane, triethoxy decane, tri-n-propoxy decane, triisopropoxy decane, tri-n-butoxy decane, tri- or 2-butoxy decane, fluorotrichloro Decane, fluorotrimethoxydecane, fluorotriethoxydecane, fluorotri-n-propoxy decane, fluorotriisopropoxy decane, fluorotri-n-butoxy decane, fluorotri-n-butoxy decane, methyl Trichlorodecane, methyltrimethoxydecane, methyltriethoxydecane, methyltri-n-propoxydecane, methyltriisopropoxydecane, methyltri-n-butoxydecane, methyltrimethylene Butoxy decane, 2-(trifluoromethyl)ethyltrichlorodecane, 2·(trifluoromethyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane, 2-(trifluoromethyl)ethyltriethoxydecane 2-(Trifluoromethyl)ethyltri-n-propoxy-22- 201144361 decane, 2-(trifluoromethyl)ethyltriisopropoxydecane, 2 ·(trifluoro Ethyl tri-n-butoxy decane, 2-(trifluoromethyl)ethyl tri-n-butoxy decane, 2-(perfluoro-n-hexyl)ethyltrichloro decane, 2-(perfluoro-n-hexyl) Ethyltrimethoxydecane, 2-(perfluoro-n-hexyl)ethyltriethoxydecane, 2-(perfluoro-n-hexyl)ethyltri-n-propoxydecane, 2-(perfluoro-n-hexyl) Triisopropoxy decane, 2-(perfluoro-n-hexyl)ethyltri-n-butoxy decane, 2-(perfluoro-n-hexyl)ethyltri-n-butoxy oxane, 2-(perfluoro-n-octane Ethyl trichloromethane, 2-(perfluoro-n-octyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane, 2-(perfluoro-n-octyl)ethyltriethoxydecane, 2·(perfluoro-n-octyl) Tri-n-propoxy decane, 2-(perfluoro-n-octyl)ethyltriisopropoxy decane, 2-(perfluoro-n-octyl)ethyltri-n-butoxy decane, 2-(perfluoro-positive Octyl)ethyl tri-n-butoxybutane, hydroxymethyltrichlorodecane, hydroxymethyltrimethoxydecane, hydroxyethyltrimethoxydecane, hydroxymethyltri-n-propoxydecane, hydroxymethyl three Isopropoxydecane, hydroxymethyltri-n-butoxydecane, hydroxy Methyl tri- or 2-butoxy decane, 3-(methyl) propylene methoxy propyl trichloro decane, 3-(methyl) propylene methoxy propyl trimethoxy decane, 3-(methyl) propylene醯oxypropyl triethoxy decane, 3-(methyl) propylene methoxy propyl tri-n-propoxy decane, 3-(methyl) propylene methoxy propyl triisopropoxy decane, 3 -(Meth)acryloxypropyltri-n-butoxydecane, 3-(methyl)propenyloxypropyltri-n-butoxypropane, 3-mercaptopropyltrichlorodecane, 3- Mercaptopropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-mercaptopropyltriethoxydecane, 3-mercaptopropyltri-n-propoxyoxydecane, 3-mercaptopropyltriisopropoxydecane, 3-indole Propyl tri-n-butoxy decane, 3-mercaptopropyl tri-n-butoxy decane, decylmethyltrimethoxy decane, -23- 201144361 decylmethyltriethoxy decane, vinyl trichloride矽, vinyl trimethoxy decane, vinyl triethoxy decane, vinyl tri-n-propoxy decane, vinyl triisopropoxy decane, vinyl tri-n-butoxy decane, vinyl tri- or Oxydecane, allyl Chlorodecane, allyltrimethoxydecane, allyltriethoxydecane, allyltri-n-propoxydecane, allyltriisopropoxydecane, allyltri-n-butoxydecane, Allyl tri- or two-butoxy decane, phenyl trichloro decane, phenyl trimethoxy decane, phenyl triethoxy decane, phenyl tri-n-propoxy decane, phenyl triisopropoxy decane, Phenyl tri-n-butoxy decane, phenyl tri-n-butoxy decane, methyl dichlorodecane, methyl dimethoxy decane, methyl diethoxy decane, methyl di-n-propoxy decane, Methyl diisopropoxy decane, methyl di-n-butoxy decane, methyl di- or 2-butoxy decane, dimethyl dichloro decane, dimethyl dimethoxy decane, dimethyl diethoxy Base decane, dimethyldi-n-propoxy decane, dimethyl diisopropoxy decane, dimethyl di-n-butoxy decane, dimethyl di-2-butoxy decane, (methyl) [2 -(perfluoro-n-octyl)ethyl]dichlorodecane, (methyl)[2-(perfluoro-n-octyl)ethyl]dimethoxydecane, (methyl)[2_(perfluoro-n-octyl) Ethyl] two Oxydecane, (methyl)[2-(perfluoro-n-octyl)ethyl]di-n-propoxydecane, (methyl)U-(perfluoro-n-octyl)ethyl]diisopropoxydecane , (methyl) [2-(perfluoro-n-octyl)ethyl]di-n-butoxydecane, (methyl)[2-(perfluoro-n-octyl)ethyl]di- or 2-butoxybutane, (methyl)(3-mercaptopropyl)dichlorodecane, (methyl)(3-mercaptopropyl)dimethoxydecane, (methyl K3-mercaptopropyl)diethoxydecane, Methyl)(3-mercaptopropyl)di-n-propoxydecane, (methyl)(3-mercaptopropyl)diisopropoxydecane, (methyl-24- 201144361) (3-mercaptopropyl Di-n-butoxy decane, (methyl) (3-mercaptopropyl) di- or 2-butoxy decane '(methyl)(vinyl)dichlorodecane, (methyl)(vinyl) II Methoxy decane, (meth) (vinyl) diethoxy decane, (methyl) (vinyl) di-n-propoxy decane, (methyl) (vinyl) diisopropoxy decane, ( Methyl)(vinyl)di-n-butoxydecane, (methyl)(vinyl) II Grade butoxy decane, divinyl chlorodecane, divinyl dimethoxy decane, divinyl diethoxy decane, divinyl di-n-propoxy decane, divinyl diisopropoxy decane , divinyl di-n-butoxy decane, divinyl di-n-butoxy decane, diphenyl dichloro decane, diphenyl dimethoxy decane, diphenyl diethoxy decane, diphenyl Di-n-propoxy decane, diphenyl diisopropoxy decane, diphenyl di-n-butoxy decane, diphenyl di-n-butoxy decane, chlorodimethyl decane, methoxy dimethyl Decane, ethoxy dimethyl decane, chlorotrimethyl decane, bromotrimethyl decane, iodine trimethyl decane, methoxy trimethyl decane, ethoxy trimethyl decane, n-propoxy trimethyl Base decane, isopropoxy trimethyl decane, n-butoxy trimethyl decane, secondary butoxy trimethyl decane, tertiary butoxy trimethyl decane, (chloro) (vinyl) dimethyl Base decane, (methoxy) (vinyl) dimethyl decane, (ethoxy) (vinyl) dimethyl decane, (chloro) (methyl) Diphenyl Silane, (methoxy) (methyl) diphenyl Silane, (ethoxy) (methyl) diphenyl Silane Silane compounds and the like having a silicon atom and the like. They may be used singly or in combination of two or more. A material which can be used as a commercial item is exemplified by KC-89, KC-89S, X-21-3153 'X-21-5841' X-21-5842' X-21-5843' X, 2 1 - 5 844 ' X-2 1 -5 845 ' X-2 1 -5 846 ' X-2 1 -5 847 ' X-2 1 -5 848 ' -25- 201144361 X-22-1 60AS , X-22- 1 70B , X-22- 1 70BX, X-22- 1 70D, X-22- 1 70DX, X-22- 1 76B, X-22- 1 76D, X-22- 1 76DX, X-22-176F' X -40-2308' X-40-2651' X-40-2655A' X-40-2671' X-40-2672, X-40-9220, X-40-9225, X-40-9227, X-40 -9246, X-40-9247, X-40-9250, X-40-9323, X-41-1053, X-41-1056, X-41-1805, X-41-1810, KF6001, KF6002, KF6003 , KR212, KR-213, KR-217, KR220L, KR242A, KR271, KR282, KR300, KR311, KR401N, KR500, KR510, KR5206, KR5230, KR5235, KR9218, KR9706 (above, Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.);

Glass Resin(昭和電工公司); SH804 、 SH805 、 SH806A 、 SH840 、 SR2400 、 SR2402 、Glass Resin; SH804, SH805, SH806A, SH840, SR2400, SR2402,

I SR2405、SR2406、SR2410、SR2411、SR2416、SR2420(以上, Toray Dow Corning 公司); FZ3711、FZ3722(以上,曰本 UNICAR 公司); DMS-S12、DMS-S15、DMS-S21、DMS-S27、DMS-S31、 DMS-S32、DMS-S33、DMS-S35 'DMS-S38、DMS-S42、DMS-S45、 DMS-S51、DMS-227、PSD-03 32、PDS-1615、PDS-993 1 ' XMS-5025 (以上,chisso 公司); 矽酸甲酯MS5卜矽酸甲酯MS56(以上,三菱化學公司); 矽酸乙酯28、矽酸乙酯40、矽酸乙酯48(以上,Colcoat 公司); GR100、GR650、GR908、GR950(以上,昭和電工公司) 等的部分縮合物。 -26- 201144361 在追些其他砂烷化合物中’較佳爲四甲氧基砂院 '四 乙氧基矽烷、甲基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基三乙氧基矽烷、3_(甲 基)丙締醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3_(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙 基二乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基 砂垸、烯丙基三甲氧基矽烷、烯丙基三乙氧基矽烷、苯基 二甲氧基矽烷、苯基三乙氧基矽烷、3·锍基丙基三甲氧基 砂烷、3 -锍基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、巯基甲基三甲氧基矽烷、 疏基甲基三乙氧基矽烷、二甲基二甲氧基矽烷或二甲基二 乙氧基矽烷。 作爲具有環氧基的聚有機砂.氧烷的環氧當量,較佳爲 l〇〇g/莫耳~ 1 0000g/莫耳’更佳爲15〇g/莫耳〜i〇〇〇g/莫耳, 並特佳爲150g/莫耳〜300g/莫耳。因此,在合成具有環氧基 的聚有機矽氧烷時’作爲具有環氧基的矽烷化合物和其他 砂院化合物的使用比例,較佳爲設定爲使所得的聚有機矽 氧烷的環氧當量達到上述範圍。 作爲在合成具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷時可以使用的 有機溶劑’可以列舉例如烴化合物、酮化合物、酯化合物、 醚化合物、醇化合物等。它們可以單獨使用或將兩種以上 組合使用。 作爲烴化合物,可以列舉例如甲苯、二甲苯等。 作爲酮化合物,可以列舉例如甲乙酮、甲基異丁酮、 甲基正戊酮 '二乙酮、環己酮.等。 作爲酯化合物,可以列舉例如乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、 -27- 201144361 乙酸異戊酯、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、3 -甲氧基丁基 乳酸乙酯等。 作爲醚化合物,可以列舉例如乙二醇二甲醚 二乙醚 '四氫呋喃、二惡烷等。 作爲醇化合物’可以列舉例如1 -己醇、4 -甲基 乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、乙二醇單正丙醚 單正丁醚'丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單乙醚、丙二 醚等。 其中,較佳爲非水溶性的物質。 作爲有機溶劑的使用量’相對於10 0質量份 化合物,較佳爲10質量份〜10,〇〇〇質量份’並更ΐ 量份〜1,000質量份。 作爲合成具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷時的水 相對於全部矽烷化合物,較佳爲0.5倍莫耳〜100 並更佳爲1倍莫耳~30倍莫耳。 作爲催化劑,可以列舉例如酸、鹼金屬化合 鹼、鈦化合物、銷化合物等。它們可以單獨使用 以上組合使用。 作爲鹼金屬化合物,可以列舉例如氫氧化鈉 鉀、甲醇鈉、甲醇鉀、乙醇鈉、乙醇鉀等。 作爲有機鹼,可以列舉例如乙胺、二乙胺、 啶、吡咯啶、吡咯等有機一級胺或二級胺; 三乙胺、三正丙胺、三正丁胺、吡啶、4-二 乙酸酯、 、乙二醇 -2-戊醇、 、乙二醇 醇單正丙 全部矽烷 兰爲50質 使用量, 倍莫耳, 物、有機 或將兩種 、氫氧化 岐阱、哌 甲基胺基 -28- 201144361 吡啶、二吖雙環十一烯等有機三級胺; 四甲基氫氧化銨等有機四級銨等。 作爲製造具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷時的催化劑,較 佳爲鹼金屬化合物或有機鹼。藉由使用鹼金屬化合物或有 機鹼作爲催化劑,不會產生環氧基的開環等副反應,並且 能夠以高水解·縮合速度得到聚有機矽氧烷,因此生產穩定 性優良。 此外,含有使用鹼金屬化合物或有機鹼作爲催化劑合 成的具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷與上述式(Α_υ、式(A_2) 或式(A-3)分別所表示的化合物的反應物的該液晶配向 劑’由於保存穩定性極其優良,因此非常有利。其原因可 以推測爲’如溶膠-凝膠法的科學(Agune承風社,1 988年, 15 4〜161頁)所指出’在水解、縮合反應中所使用鹼金屬化 合物或有機鹼作爲催化劑時,是否形成了無規結構或籠型 結構等三維結構,並且可以得到矽醇基含有比例少的聚有 機矽氧烷。也就是說可以推測,由於這種聚有機矽氧烷的 矽醇基含有比例少,因此可以抑制矽醇基團彼此之間的縮 合反應’此外,當本發明的液晶配向劑含有後述的其他聚 合物時’還可以抑制矽醇基團與其他聚合物的縮合反應, 因此得到了保存穩定性優良的結果。 作爲催化劑’更佳爲有機鹼,並特佳爲有機三級胺和 有機四級銨。作爲有機鹼的使用量,根據有機鹼的種類、 溫度等反應條件而不同,例如,相對於全部矽烷化合物, -29- 201144361 較佳爲0·01倍莫耳~3倍莫耳’並更佳爲0.05倍莫耳〜1倍 莫耳。 合成具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷時的水解或水解.縮 合反應’較佳爲藉由將具有環氧基的矽烷化合物和根據需 要的其他砂院化合物溶解在有機溶劑中,將該溶液與有機 鹼和水混合’並藉由例如油浴等加熱而進行實施。 作爲水解·縮合反應時的油浴的加熱溫度,較佳爲1 30 °C以下’並更佳爲40°C〜lOOt:。作爲加熱時間,較佳爲〇.5 小時〜1 2小時’並更佳爲1小時~ 8小時。加熱中,可以攪 拌混合液,也可以將其進行回流。 反應結束後,較佳爲用水洗滌從反應液中分離出來的 有機溶劑層。洗滌時,使用含有少量鹽的水,例如0.2質 量%左右的硝酸銨水溶液等進行洗滌,在使洗滌操作變得容 易這一方面是較佳的。進行洗滌,直至洗滌後的水層呈中 性,然後根據需要使用無水硫酸鈣、分子篩等乾燥劑乾燥 有機溶劑層,除去溶劑,由此可以得到作爲目的的具有環 氧基的聚有機矽氧烷。 在本發明中,可以使用市售商品作爲具有環氧基的聚 有機矽氧烷。作爲這種市售品,可以列舉例如DMS-E01、 DMS-E12、DMS-E21、EMS-32(以上爲 chisso 公司)等。 作爲具有環氧結構的聚有機矽氧烷藉由凝膠滲透層析 所測定的聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量(以下,有時稱爲 “Mw” ),較佳爲 500〜100,000’ 更佳爲 1,〇〇〇~1〇,〇〇〇’ 並特 -30- 201144361 佳爲1,000~5,000。另外,在本說明書中,Mw是藉由下文 說明的凝膠滲透層析所測定的聚苯乙烯換算値。 管柱:Tosoh 公司 ’ TSKgel GRCXLII 溶劑:四氫呋喃 溫度:40°C 壓力:6.8MPa <具有液晶配向能力的結構> 在該液晶配向劑中,[A ]聚有機矽氧烷化合物較佳爲包 含具有液晶配向能力的結構。[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物,藉 由包含具有液晶配向能力的結構,可以進一步提髙液晶配 向能力。 作爲具有液晶配向能力的結構所具有的基團,較佳爲 上述的液晶配向性基團。具有液晶配向能力的結構藉由具 有上述特定基團,可以對該液晶配向劑賦予更優良的液晶 配向能力。 作爲上述具有類固醇骨架的碳原子數爲17~51的有機 基團,較佳爲具有類固醇骨架的碳原子數爲17〜30的1價 有機基團,可以列舉例如膽甾烷-3-基、膽甾-5-烯-3-基、膽 甾·24-烯-3-基、膽甾-5,24-二烯-3-基 '羊毛甾烷-3-基等。 作爲上述碳原子數爲2〜20的烷基,可以列舉例如乙 基、正丙基、正丁基、正戊基、正己基、正辛基、正壬基、 正癸基、正月桂基、正十二烷基、正十四烷基、正十五烷 基、正十六烷基、正十七烷基、正硬脂基、正二十烷基等。 -31 - 201144361 作爲烷基的碳原子數,更佳爲4〜20。 作爲上述碳原子數爲1〜20的氟烷基,可以列舉 氟甲基、全氟乙基、3,3,3-三氟丙基、4,4,4-三氟 4,4,5,5,5-五氟戊基、3,3,4,4,5,5,5-七氟戊基等。 作爲上述具有碳原子數爲2-20的烷基的烷氧基 可以列舉例如正丙氧基芳基、正丁氧基芳基、正戊 基、正己氧基芳基、正庚氧基芳基、正辛氧基芳基 作爲上述具有碳原子數爲1〜20的烷基的烷基環 可以列舉例如正丙基環己基、正丁基環己基、正戊 基、正己基環己基、正庚基環己基、正辛基環己基 作爲上述具有碳原子數爲1〜20的氟烷基的氟烷 基,可以列舉例如三氟甲基環己基等。 作爲上述具有碳原子數爲1〜20的氟基烷氧基的 氧基環己基,可以列舉例如4,4,4-三氟丁氧基環 4,4,5,5,5·五氟戊氧基環己基等。 具有液晶配向能力的結構,較佳爲進一步具有 (B-1)所表示的結構。由於上述具有液晶配向能力的 具有特定的結構,因此即使藉由光配向法’也可以 晶配向劑形成液晶配向膜。 包含具有液晶配向能力的結構的[A ]聚有機矽 合物,可以藉由具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷與下述 所表示的具有液晶配向能力的化合物的反應而得到 RE-T (B-2) 例如三 丁基、 5芳基, 氧基芳 等。 【己基, 基環己 等。 基環己 氣基院 己基、 上述式 結構, 由該液 氧烷化 式(B-2) -32- 201144361 上述式(B-2)中,RE爲包含具有液晶配向能力的結構的 基團。T爲竣基或經基。 作爲上述式(B - 2)的較佳爲例子,可以列舉例如下述式 (B-2-1)〜(B-2-8)所表未的化合物。I SR2405, SR2406, SR2410, SR2411, SR2416, SR2420 (above, Toray Dow Corning); FZ3711, FZ3722 (above, UNI UNICAR); DMS-S12, DMS-S15, DMS-S21, DMS-S27, DMS -S31, DMS-S32, DMS-S33, DMS-S35 'DMS-S38, DMS-S42, DMS-S45, DMS-S51, DMS-227, PSD-03 32, PDS-1615, PDS-993 1 ' XMS -5025 (above, chisso); methyl decanoate MS5 methyl benzoate MS56 (above, Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation); ethyl citrate 28, ethyl citrate 40, ethyl citrate 48 (above, Colcoat) ); a partial condensate of GR100, GR650, GR908, GR950 (above, Showa Denko). -26- 201144361 In the pursuit of some other sandane compounds, 'preferably tetramethoxy sand yard' tetraethoxy decane, methyl trimethoxy decane, methyl triethoxy decane, 3 - (methyl) propyl醯 methoxypropyl trimethoxy decane, 3-(meth) propylene methoxy propyl diethoxy decane, vinyl trimethoxy decane, vinyl triethoxy cerium, allyl trimethoxy Decane, allyltriethoxydecane, phenyldimethoxydecane, phenyltriethoxydecane, 3'mercaptopropyltrimethoxysane, 3-mercaptopropyltriethoxydecane , mercaptomethyltrimethoxydecane, sulfomethyltriethoxydecane, dimethyldimethoxydecane or dimethyldiethoxydecane. As the epoxy equivalent of the polyorganic sand oxyalkylene having an epoxy group, it is preferably l〇〇g/mole to 1 0000 g/mole' more preferably 15 〇g/mole~i〇〇〇g/ Moer, and especially good for 150g / Moer ~ 300g / Moh. Therefore, when synthesizing a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group, the ratio of use of the decane compound having an epoxy group and other sand compound is preferably set to the epoxy equivalent of the obtained polyorganosiloxane. Reach the above range. The organic solvent which can be used in the synthesis of the polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group is, for example, a hydrocarbon compound, a ketone compound, an ester compound, an ether compound, an alcohol compound or the like. They may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Examples of the hydrocarbon compound include toluene, xylene, and the like. Examples of the ketone compound include methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, methyl n-pentanone 'diethyl ketone, and cyclohexanone. The ester compound may, for example, be ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, -27-201144361 isoamyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate or 3-methoxybutyl lactate. The ether compound may, for example, be ethylene glycol dimethyl ether diethyl ether 'tetrahydrofuran or dioxane. Examples of the alcohol compound include, for example, 1-hexanol, 4-methylglycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether mono-n-butyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, and propylene glycol monoethyl ether. Propylene ether and the like. Among them, a substance which is not water-soluble is preferred. The amount of use as the organic solvent is preferably 10 parts by mass to 10 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the compound, and more parts by weight to 1,000 parts by mass. The water for synthesizing the polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group is preferably 0.5 times by mole to 100 parts by weight and more preferably 1 time by mole to 30 times by mole relative to the total of the decane compound. The catalyst may, for example, be an acid, an alkali metal base, a titanium compound or a pin compound. They can be used alone in combination. The alkali metal compound may, for example, be potassium hydride, sodium methoxide, potassium methoxide, sodium ethoxide or potassium ethoxide. The organic base may, for example, be an organic primary or secondary amine such as ethylamine, diethylamine, pyridine, pyrrolidine or pyrrole; triethylamine, tri-n-propylamine, tri-n-butylamine, pyridine or 4-diacetate. , ethylene glycol 2-pentanol, ethylene glycol mono-n-propyl all decane blue for 50 mass usage, megamol, organic, or two, cesium hydroxide trap, methylphenidamine -28- 201144361 Organic tertiary amine such as pyridine or dioxodicycloundecene; organic quaternary ammonium such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide. As the catalyst for producing the polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group, an alkali metal compound or an organic base is preferred. By using an alkali metal compound or an organic base as a catalyst, side reactions such as ring opening of an epoxy group are not generated, and polyorganosiloxane can be obtained at a high hydrolysis/condensation rate, so that production stability is excellent. Further, a reaction product of a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group synthesized using an alkali metal compound or an organic base as a catalyst and a compound represented by the above formula (Α_υ, formula (A_2) or formula (A-3), respectively The liquid crystal alignment agent is extremely advantageous because it is extremely excellent in storage stability. The reason can be presumed to be 'in the science of sol-gel method (Agune Chengfengshe, 1 988, pages 15 to 161). When an alkali metal compound or an organic base used in the hydrolysis or condensation reaction is used as a catalyst, whether a three-dimensional structure such as a random structure or a cage structure is formed, and a polyorganosiloxane having a small content of a sterol group can be obtained. It is presumed that since the polyorganosiloxane has a small content of a sterol group, it is possible to suppress a condensation reaction between sterol groups. Further, when the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention contains other polymers described later' It is also possible to suppress the condensation reaction of the sterol group with other polymers, and thus the result of excellent storage stability is obtained. As the catalyst, it is more preferably an organic base, and is particularly preferable. The organic tertiary amine and the organic quaternary ammonium are used. The amount of the organic base to be used varies depending on the reaction conditions such as the type of the organic base and the temperature. For example, -29 to 201144361 is preferably 0. 01 times. The ear is ~3 times Mo' and more preferably 0.05 times mole to 1 mole. Hydrolysis or hydrolysis when synthesizing polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group. The condensation reaction is preferably by having an epoxy The base decane compound and other sand compound compounds as needed are dissolved in an organic solvent, and the solution is mixed with an organic base and water' and heated by, for example, an oil bath. The oil bath is used as a hydrolysis/condensation reaction. The heating temperature is preferably 1 30 ° C or lower and more preferably 40 ° C to 100 t: as the heating time, preferably 〇 5 hours to 12 hours ' and more preferably 1 hour to 8 hours. In the middle, the mixture may be stirred or refluxed. After the completion of the reaction, the organic solvent layer separated from the reaction liquid is preferably washed with water. When washing, water containing a small amount of salt, for example, about 0.2% by mass, is used. Ammonium nitrate aqueous solution Washing is preferred in that the washing operation is facilitated. Washing is performed until the water layer after washing is neutral, and then the organic solvent layer is dried using a desiccant such as anhydrous calcium sulfate or molecular sieve as needed to remove the solvent. In the present invention, a commercially available product can be used as the polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group. As such a commercially available product, a commercially available product can be used. For example, DMS-E01, DMS-E12, DMS-E21, EMS-32 (above, chisso company), etc. Polystyrene-converted as a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy structure as determined by gel permeation chromatography The weight average molecular weight (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "Mw"), preferably 500 to 100,000' is more preferably 1, 〇〇〇~1 〇, 〇〇〇 ' and -30- 201144361 is preferably 1,000~ 5,000. Further, in the present specification, Mw is a polystyrene-converted oxime measured by gel permeation chromatography described below. Pipe column: Tosoh Company ' TSKgel GRCXLII Solvent: tetrahydrofuran temperature: 40 ° C Pressure: 6.8 MPa <Structure having liquid crystal alignment ability> In the liquid crystal alignment agent, the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound preferably contains A structure having a liquid crystal alignment capability. [A] A polyorganosiloxane compound, which can further improve the liquid crystal alignment ability by including a structure having a liquid crystal alignment ability. The group possessed by the structure having a liquid crystal alignment ability is preferably the above liquid crystal alignment group. The structure having the liquid crystal alignment ability can impart a superior liquid crystal alignment ability to the liquid crystal alignment agent by having the above specific group. The organic group having 17 to 51 carbon atoms having a steroid skeleton is preferably a monovalent organic group having a steroid skeleton and having 17 to 30 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a cholest-3-yl group. Cholester-5-en-3-yl, cholesteryl 24-en-3-yl, cholest-5-24-dien-3-yl'lanostan-3-yl and the like. Examples of the alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms include ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-octyl, n-decyl, n-decyl, n-lauric, and N-dodecyl, n-tetradecyl, n-pentadecyl, n-hexadecyl, n-heptadecyl, n-stearyl, n-icosyl and the like. -31 - 201144361 The number of carbon atoms as the alkyl group is more preferably 4 to 20. Examples of the fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms include a fluoromethyl group, a perfluoroethyl group, a 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl group, and a 4,4,4-trifluoro 4,4,5 group. 5,5-pentafluoropentyl, 3,3,4,4,5,5,5-heptafluoropentyl, and the like. Examples of the alkoxy group having an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms include n-propoxy aryl group, n-butoxy aryl group, n-pentyl group, n-hexyloxy aryl group and n-heptyloxy aryl group. Examples of the n-octyloxyaryl group as the alkyl ring having an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms include n-propylcyclohexyl group, n-butylcyclohexyl group, n-pentyl group, n-hexylcyclohexyl group, and n-glycol. The cyclohexyl group and the n-octylcyclohexyl group are fluoroalkyl groups having a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a trifluoromethylcyclohexyl group. Examples of the oxycyclohexyl group having a fluoroalkylalkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms include, for example, 4,4,4-trifluorobutoxycyclo 4,4,5,5,5·pentafluoropentane. Oxycyclohexyl and the like. The structure having the liquid crystal alignment ability preferably further has the structure represented by (B-1). Since the above-described liquid crystal alignment ability has a specific structure, the liquid crystal alignment film can be formed by a crystal alignment agent even by the photoalignment method. The [A] polyorganoconjugate containing a structure having a liquid crystal alignment ability can be obtained by reacting a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group with a compound having a liquid crystal alignment ability represented by the following to obtain RE-T ( B-2) For example, tributyl, 5-aryl, oxyaryl and the like. [Hienji, base ring and so on. In the above formula (B-2), RE is a group containing a structure having a liquid crystal alignment ability, in the above formula (B-2) -32- 201144361. T is a thiol group or a thiol group. Preferable examples of the above formula (B-2) include compounds represented by the following formulas (B-2-1) to (B-2-8).

Rf-Xc—^ CH =CH —Xd—T (B-2-1) 上述式(B - 2 -1)中,Rf爲上述液晶配向性基團。χ。爲單 鍵、氧原子、硫原子、伸苯基、伸環己基、_c〇〇_、_NHCO-、 •CONH-、-CO-、-OCO-或將它們中的兩種以上組合起來的 連接基團。Xd爲單鍵、氧原子、伸苯基、_C〇.、- QCO-、_(CH2)a· 或將它們中的兩種以上組合起來的連接基團。a爲ι~6的整 數。T與上述式(b-2)同義。Rf-Xc—^ CH=CH—Xd—T (B-2-1) In the above formula (B-2 -1), Rf is the above-mentioned liquid crystal alignment group. Hey. a single bond, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a phenylene group, a cyclohexylene group, _c〇〇_, _NHCO-, •CONH-, -CO-, -OCO- or a linking group combining two or more of them group. Xd is a single bond, an oxygen atom, a phenylene group, _C〇., -QCO-, _(CH2)a· or a linking group which combines two or more of them. a is the integer of ι~6. T is synonymous with the above formula (b-2).

Rf—Χβ—CH=CH—/—x<J —τ (B-2-2) 上述式(B-2-2)中,Rf、Xd和t,與上述式(B-2-1)同義。 爲單鍵、氧原子、硫原子、伸苯基、-COO-、-NHCO-、 CONH· ' -CO-、-0C0-或將它們中的兩種以上組合起來的Rf - Χ β - CH = CH - / - x < J - τ (B-2-2) In the above formula (B-2-2), Rf, Xd and t are synonymous with the above formula (B-2-1) . a single bond, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a phenyl group, -COO-, -NHCO-, CONH· '-CO-, -0C0- or a combination of two or more of them

(B-2-3) 連接基團 上述式(Β·2-3)中’ 1^和T與上述式(B-2-1)同義。(B-2-3) Linking group In the above formula (Β·2-3), '1^ and T are synonymous with the above formula (B-2-1).

Xf爲單鍵、氧原子、-CO-、-(CH〇a-或將它們中的兩種 以上組合起來的連接基團。&爲1~6的整數。111爲〇〜4的整 數。 -33- 201144361Xf is a single bond, an oxygen atom, -CO-, -(CH〇a- or a linking group which combines two or more of them. & is an integer of 1-6. 111 is an integer of 〇~4. -33- 201144361

上述式(B-2-4)〜(B-2-6)中 義。The above formula (B-2-4) to (B-2-6) have the meanings.

Rf和T與上述式(B-2-1)同 XB爲單鍵、氧原子、硫原子、_C〇〇 -NHCO- •CONH-、Rf and T are the same as the above formula (B-2-1). XB is a single bond, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, _C〇〇-NHCO- •CONH-,

-CO 、-0C0-或將它們中的兩種以上組合起來的連接基團。 Xh爲單鍵、氧原子、硫原子、·((:η〇!ι·、_c〇·或將它們 1〜6的整數。 (B-2-7) 中的兩種以上組合起來的連接基團。a爲-CO, -0C0- or a linking group which combines two or more of them. Xh is a single bond, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, ((: η〇!ι·, _c〇· or a combination of two or more of them in an integer of 1 to 6 (B-2-7)) Group. a is

CH =CH—COORfCH =CH—COORf

τ-xJτ-xJ

CH =CH—COORf (B - 2 - 8 ) 上述式(B-2-7)及(B-2-8)中,以和T與上述式(B-2-1)同 義。Xj爲單鍵、氧原子、-COO-、-0C0-、-(CH2)a-或將它們 中的兩種以上組合起來的連接基團。a爲1〜6的整數。 另外,在上述式(Β-2-1)~(Β-2-8)中,形成 〇-〇鍵或 -34- 201144361 α,/3 -二酮結構的取代基的組合是不允許的。 在上述式(Β-2-1)〜(Β-2-8)中,更佳爲下述式(B-2-l-l)~ 式(Β-2-8-2)所表示的化合物。CH = CH - COORf (B - 2 - 8 ) In the above formulae (B-2-7) and (B-2-8), the sum T is synonymous with the above formula (B-2-1). Xj is a single bond, an oxygen atom, -COO-, -0C0-, -(CH2)a- or a linking group which combines two or more of them. a is an integer of 1 to 6. Further, in the above formula (Β-2-1) to (Β-2-8), a combination of substituents forming a 〇-〇 bond or a -34- 201144361 α,/3 -dione structure is not allowed. In the above formula (Β-2-1) to (Β-2-8), a compound represented by the following formula (B-2-l-1) to the formula (?-2-8-2) is more preferable.

Rf —0-^^-CH=CH-C00H (B-2-1-1) Rf —COO—^~^-CH=CH-COOH (B-2-1-2) Rf CH=CH - COOH (B-2-1-3) Rf —0 —COO CH= CH - COOH (B-2-1-4) Rf —COO —COO —CH= CH - COOH (B-2-1-5) Rf C〇〇 CH=CH - COOH (B-2-1-6) RfOCOO CH= CH - COOH (B-2-1-7) Rf—^ COO —CH=CH-COOH (B-2-1-8) Rf - 0 —CH = CH - CO—COOH (B-2-1-9) Rf — COO —CH = CH - c0~^~~y~ C〇〇H (B-2-1-10) Rf—CH = CH - CO—COOH (B-2-1 -11 ) Rf - 0COOCH = CH - CO-COOH (B-2-1-12) -35- 201144361Rf —0-^^-CH=CH-C00H (B-2-1-1) Rf —COO—^~^-CH=CH-COOH (B-2-1-2) Rf CH=CH - COOH ( B-2-1-3) Rf —0 —COO CH= CH - COOH (B-2-1-4) Rf —COO —COO —CH= CH - COOH (B-2-1-5) Rf C〇 〇CH=CH - COOH (B-2-1-6) RfOCOO CH= CH - COOH (B-2-1-7) Rf—^ COO —CH=CH-COOH (B-2-1-8) Rf - 0 —CH = CH - CO—COOH (B-2-1-9) Rf — COO —CH = CH - c0~^~~y~ C〇〇H (B-2-1-10) Rf—CH = CH - CO-COOH (B-2-1 -11 ) Rf - 0COOCH = CH - CO-COOH (B-2-1-12) -35- 201144361

R,-coo^O-coo-O- CH=CH-CO COOH r,~^)~c〇〇~G~ CH=CH-CO 分 COOH r,~〇-co°-^)- CH=CH-CO O COOH CH=CH-COOHR,-coo^O-coo-O- CH=CH-CO COOH r,~^)~c〇〇~G~ CH=CH-CO 分COOH r,~〇-co°-^)- CH=CH -CO O COOH CH=CH-COOH

•CH=CH-COOH CH=CH-COOH CH=CH — COOH•CH=CH-COOH CH=CH-COOH CH=CH — COOH

-CH=CH-COOH、<y)-〇·( Rf — OCO — CH = CH OCO -( CH 七 COOH -o- CO — CH = CH <y ( CO—CH=CH ( r,~0~ C〇-CH = CH COOH CO—CH=CH 分OC+七 COOH Rf —OCO — CH=CH —CH=CH-COOH-CH=CH-COOH, <y)-〇·( Rf — OCO — CH = CH OCO -( CH 7 COOH -o- CO — CH = CH <y ( CO—CH=CH ( r,~0 ~ C〇-CH = CH COOH CO—CH=CH OC+7 COOH Rf —OCO — CH=CH —CH=CH-COOH

•CH-CH-COOH•CH-CH-COOH

-CH=CH-COOH-CH=CH-COOH

•COOH•COOH

►COOH►COOH

Rf —OCO —CH=CHRf — OCO — CH=CH

CH=CH-COOH (B-2-1 -13) (B-2-1 -14) (B-2-1 -15) (B-2-1 -16) (B-2-1 -17) (B-2-1 -18) (B-2-1 -19) (B - 2 1 · 20 ) (B-2-1 - 21 ) (B - 2 - 1 - 22 ) (B-2-2-1 ) (B-2-2-2) (B-2-2-3) (B-2-2-4) (B-2-2-5) (B-2-3-1) (B-2-3-2) -36- 201144361 ΟCH=CH-COOH (B-2-1 -13) (B-2-1 -14) (B-2-1 -15) (B-2-1 -16) (B-2-1 -17) (B-2-1 -18) (B-2-1 -19) (B - 2 1 · 20 ) (B-2-1 - 21 ) (B - 2 - 1 - 22 ) (B-2-2 -1 ) (B-2-2-2) (B-2-2-3) (B-2-2-4) (B-2-2-5) (B-2-3-1) (B -2-3-2) -36- 201144361 Ο

CH = CH 一 COOHCH = CH a COOH

CH=CH-COOH (B-2-4-2)CH=CH-COOH (B-2-4-2)

O O oO O o

CH = CH-COOH (B-2-4-3)CH = CH-COOH (B-2-4-3)

Rf-OCORf-OCO

OO

CH = CH-COOHCH = CH-COOH

Rf-0C0Rf-0C0

O OO O

CH = CH — COOHCH = CH — COOH

OO

Rf-0Rf-0

CH = CH — COOH (B-2-6-2)CH = CH — COOH (B-2-6-2)

O OO O

HOOC 0^n_0" CH = CH-C00-RfHOOC 0^n_0" CH = CH-C00-Rf

O OO O

HOOC CH = CH-C00-Rf HOOC4CH2i- oco (B-2-8-2) CH = CH-C00 —Rf 在上述式(B-2-1-1)〜(B-2-8-2)中,以與上述式(B-2-1)同 義。a爲1〜6的整數。 在包含上述式(B-1)所表示的結構的基團時,作爲具有 液晶配向能力的化合物的其他較佳爲例子,可以列舉例如 下述式(B-2-1-1’ )~S(B-2-8-l’ )所表示的化合物。 -37- 201144361HOOC CH = CH-C00-Rf HOOC4CH2i- oco (B-2-8-2) CH = CH-C00 - Rf In the above formula (B-2-1-1)~(B-2-8-2) , is synonymous with the above formula (B-2-1). a is an integer of 1 to 6. In the case of the group containing the structure represented by the above formula (B-1), other preferred examples of the compound having a liquid crystal alignment ability include, for example, the following formula (B-2-1-1') to S. (B-2-8-l') The compound represented. -37- 201144361

Rf - 0CH=CH - CO0H (B-2-1 -l") Rf—coo—^^-ch=ch-co-^^-〇h (B - 2 -1 - 2) RfCH=CH - CO〇H (B - 2 -1 - 3") Rf -0 COO —《》-CH—CH~CO—^》—OH (B-2-1-/) Rf —COO—^~^~COO—^~~^-CH=CH-CO— (B-2-1-5") COOCH=CH-CO-^^-〇H (B-2-1-6’) RfCOOCH=CH - CO〇H < B · 2 -1 · 7') Rf—OCO —CH=CH-^~^-〇H (B-2-2-1^) Rf-^^-CO-CH = CH -^^-〇H (Β-2-2·2’> Rfo—^^-co—ch=ch-^^-〇h (B-2-2-3) h〇XXJn^c—c〇-r, (B-2-8-1') ο 在上述式中,1^與上述式(Β-2-1)同義。 另一方面,作爲上述式(Β-2)中的RE具有由具有類固醇 骨架的碳原子數爲17〜51的有機基團、碳原子數爲20的 烷基、碳原子數爲1〜20的氟烷基、環己基、具有碳原子數 爲2〜20的烷基的烷氧基芳基、具有碳原子數爲1~ 20的烷 基的烷基環己基、具有碳原子數爲1~20的氟烷基的氟烷基 環己基和具有碳原子數爲卜20的氟基烷氧基的氟基烷氧基 環己基所構成的群組中選出的至少一種,但是不含上述式 (B-1)所表示的結構時的化合物(B-2),較佳爲下述式 -38 - 201144361 (B-2-9)〜式(B-2-11)所表示的化合物等。Rf - 0CH=CH - CO0H (B-2-1 -l") Rf—coo—^^-ch=ch-co-^^-〇h (B - 2 -1 - 2) RfCH=CH - CO〇 H (B - 2 -1 - 3") Rf -0 COO —“--CH—CH~CO—^”—OH (B-2-1-/) Rf —COO—^~^~COO—^~ ~^-CH=CH-CO—(B-2-1-5") COOCH=CH-CO-^^-〇H (B-2-1-6') RfCOOCH=CH - CO〇H < B · 2 -1 · 7') Rf—OCO —CH=CH—^~^-〇H (B-2-2-1^) Rf-^^-CO-CH = CH -^^-〇H (Β -2-2·2'> Rfo—^^-co—ch=ch-^^-〇h (B-2-2-3) h〇XXJn^c—c〇-r, (B-2- 8-1') ο In the above formula, 1^ is synonymous with the above formula (Β-2-1). On the other hand, as RE of the above formula (Β-2), the number of carbon atoms having a steroid skeleton is An organic group of 17 to 51, an alkyl group having 20 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclohexyl group, an alkoxyaryl group having an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, An alkylcyclohexyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkylcyclohexyl group having a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a fluoroalkoxy group having a carbon number of 20 Selected from the group consisting of fluoroalkoxycyclohexyl groups The compound (B-2) which is less than one of the structures represented by the above formula (B-1), preferably has the following formula -38 - 201144361 (B-2-9) to (B-2- 11) A compound or the like represented.

Rf-T (B-2-9) κ,-χί-〇^τ (B-2-10) -微 (B-2-11 ) 上述式(B-2-9)〜式(B-2-11)中的以和T, 同義。Xk爲單鍵、氧原子、-COO-或-OCO-上述式(B-2-11)中,P爲1或2。 作爲上述式(B-2-9)中T爲羧基的化合 如正丁酸、正戊酸、正己酸、正庚酸、正 正癸酸、正月桂酸、正十二酸、正十三酸 十五酸、正十六酸、正十七酸、正硬脂酸 二十酸、四氫松香酸、單膽甾烷基丁二酸 戊二酸酯、下述式所表示的化合物等。 ChF2h +丨 d-COOH 上述式中,h爲卜3的整數。i爲 作爲上述式(B-2-9)中T爲羥基的化合 如1-丁醇、1_戊醇、1-己醇、1-庚醇、1-辛 十一醇、1-十二醇、1-十三醇、1-十四醇、 八醇、1·十七醇、十八醇、1-十九醇、1-作爲上述式(B-2-10)中τ爲羧基的化合 如4 -甲基苯甲酸、4 -乙基苯甲酸、4 -正丙基 基苯甲酸、4-正戊基苯甲酸、4-正己基苯甲 與上述式(B-2-1) 〇 物,可以列舉例 辛酸、正壬酸、 、正十四酸、正 、正十九酸、正 醋、單膽甾烷基 5的整數。 物,可以列舉例 醇、1-癸醇、1-1-十五醇、1-十 •二十醇等。 '物,可以列舉例 苯甲酸、4-正丁 酸、4-正庚基苯 -39- 201144361 甲酸、4-正辛基苯甲酸、4·正壬基苯甲酸、4-正癸基苯甲酸' 4 -正十二烷基苯甲酸、4 -正十八烷基苯甲酸、4 -正甲氧基苯 甲酸、4-正乙氧基苯甲酸、4-正丙氧基苯甲酸、4-正丁氧基 苯甲酸、4-正戊氧基苯甲酸、4-正己氧基苯甲酸、4·正庚氧 基苯甲酸、4-正辛氧基苯甲酸、4-正壬氧基苯甲酸、4-正癸 氧基苯甲酸、4 -正十二烷氧基苯甲酸、4 -正十八烷氧基苯 甲酸、下述式所表示的化合物等。Rf-T (B-2-9) κ, -χί-〇^τ (B-2-10) - micro(B-2-11 ) The above formula (B-2-9)~ formula (B-2- 11) is synonymous with T. Xk is a single bond, an oxygen atom, -COO- or -OCO - in the above formula (B-2-11), P is 1 or 2. As the compound of the above formula (B-2-9), wherein T is a carboxyl group, such as n-butyric acid, n-pentanoic acid, n-hexanoic acid, n-heptanoic acid, ortho-n-decanoic acid, n-lauric acid, n-dodecanoic acid, and n-tridecanoic acid Pentadecanoic acid, n-hexadecanoic acid, n-heptadecanoic acid, n-stearic acid eicosyl acid, tetrahydroabietic acid, monocholesteryl succinate glutarate, a compound represented by the following formula, and the like. ChF2h + 丨 d-COOH In the above formula, h is an integer of 卜3. i is a compound wherein T is a hydroxyl group in the above formula (B-2-9) such as 1-butanol, 1-pentanol, 1-hexanol, 1-heptanol, 1-octundecyl alcohol, 1-12 Alcohol, 1-tridecyl alcohol, 1-tetradecanol, octaol, 1.-heptadecanol, stearyl alcohol, 1-nonadecanol, 1- as the above formula (B-2-10) wherein τ is a carboxyl group Such as 4-methylbenzoic acid, 4-ethylbenzoic acid, 4-n-propylbenzoic acid, 4-n-pentylbenzoic acid, 4-n-hexylbenzene and the above formula (B-2-1) Examples of the substance include an integer of octanoic acid, n-decanoic acid, n-tetradecanoic acid, n-, n-nonanoic acid, ortho- vinegar, and monocholesteryl group 5. Examples of the alcohol include 1-alcohol, 1-non-pentadecanol, and 1-decaol. 'Materials, examples of benzoic acid, 4-n-butyric acid, 4-n-heptylbenzene-39- 201144361 formic acid, 4-n-octylbenzoic acid, 4·n-decylbenzoic acid, 4-n-decylbenzoic acid '4-n-dodecylbenzoic acid, 4-n-octadecylbenzoic acid, 4-n-methoxybenzoic acid, 4-n-ethoxybenzoic acid, 4-n-propoxybenzoic acid, 4- n-Butoxybenzoic acid, 4-n-pentyloxybenzoic acid, 4-n-hexyloxybenzoic acid, 4·n-heptyloxybenzoic acid, 4-n-octyloxybenzoic acid, 4-n-decyloxybenzoic acid 4-n-decyloxybenzoic acid, 4-n-dodecyloxybenzoic acid, 4-n-octadecyloxybenzoic acid, a compound represented by the following formula, and the like.

CjH2j+i — 0CjH2j+i — 0

Ό~Hey~

上述式中,j爲5〜20的整數。k爲1~3的整數。ma爲 0〜18的整數。η爲1~18的整數。 作爲上述式(Β-2-1 1)中Τ爲羧基的化合物,可以列舉例 如4-(正丁基)環己基羧酸、4-(正戊基)環己基羧酸、4-(正丁 基)二環己基羧酸、4-(正戊基)二環己基羧酸等。 <具有液晶配向能力的化合物的合成方法> 上述式(Β-2-1)〜式(Β-2-11)所表示的化合物,可以作爲 市售品獲得,或者可以藉由將有機化學的常規方法適當組 合進行合成。下面,以Rf爲烷基的化合物爲例對合成方法 進行說明,而對於Rf爲烷基以外的化合物,也可以同樣操 -40 201144361 作或藉由參照該方法的合成方法進行合成,這對於本領域 技術人員很容易明白。 上述式(B-2-1-1)所表示的化合物,例如,可以藉由在 碳酸鉀等適當鹼的存在下,對羥基桂皮酸和具有相當於Rf 的烷基的鹵化烷基進行加熱,使其反應,然後在氫氧化鈉 等適當的鹼水溶液中進行水解而得到。 上述式(B - 2 -1 - 2)所表示的化合物,例如,可以藉由使 羥基桂皮酸與具有相當於V的烷基的烷基醯氯在碳酸鉀等 適當鹼的存在下,在0°C ~室溫的溫度下反應而得到。 上述式(B - 2 -1 - 4)所表示的化合物,例如,可以藉由使 羥基苯甲酸甲酯與具有相當於Rf的烷基的鹵化烷基或甲苯 擴酸院基醋在碳酸鉀等適當鹼的存在下,在室溫〜100。(3的 溫度下反應後,在氫氧化鈉等適當的鹼水溶液中水解,並 進一步用亞硫醯氯將其形成醯氯後,使其在碳酸鉀等適當 鹼的存在下與羥基桂皮酸在01~室溫的溫度下反應而得 到。 上述式(B - 2 -1 · 5)所表示的化合物,例如,可以藉由使 羥基苯甲酸與具有相當於…的烷基的烷基醯氯在三乙胺等 適當鹼的存在下,在0°C〜室溫的溫度下反應後,用亞硫醯 氯形成醯氯,並使其在碳酸鉀等適當鹼的存在下與經基桂 皮酸在o°c ~室溫的溫度下反應而得到。 上述式(B - 2 -1 - 6)所表示的化合物,例如,可以藉由用 亞硫醯氯將4-烷基苯甲酸形成醯氯,並使其在碳酸鉀等適 -41 - 201144361 當鹼的存在下與羥基桂皮酸在〇°c〜室溫的溫度下反應而得 到。 上述式(B-2-1-7)所表示的化合物,例如,可以藉由使 4-羥基環己基羧酸甲酯與具有相當於Rf的烷基的鹵化烷基 在氫化鈉或金屬鈉等適當鹼的存在下反應形成醚後,在氫 氧化鈉等鹼水溶液水解,進一步用亞硫醯氯形成醯氯後, 使其在碳酸鉀等適當鹼的存在下與羥基桂皮酸在0°C~室溫 的溫度下反應而得到。 上述式(B-2-1-8)所表示的化合物,例如,可以藉由用 亞硫醯氯將具有相當於以的烷基的4-烷基環己基羧酸形成 醯氯,並使其在碳酸鉀等適當鹼的存在下與羥基桂皮酸在 (TC〜室溫的溫度下反應而得到。 上述式(B-2-1-9)所表示的化合物,可以藉由使具有相 -當於以的烷基的鹵化烷基與羥基苯甲醛在碳酸鉀等鹼的存 在下反應形成醚鍵,用4 -乙醯基苯甲酸在氫氧化鈉存在下 進行醇醛縮合而得到。上述式(B-2-1-10)〜式(B-2-1-15)所表 示的化合物可以藉由參照該方法的方法而得到。 上述式(B-2-2-1)所表示的化合物,例如,可以藉由以 鈀和胺作爲催化劑,使4_碘苯酚與具有相當於Rf的烷基的 烷基丙烯酸酯反應(Heck反應)後,使丁二酸酐或戊二酸酐 等希望的環狀酸酐與反應生成物進行開環加成而得到。 上述式(B-2-2-2)所表示的化合物,可以藉由使具有相 當於V的烷基的4-烷基苯乙酮與4-甲醯基苯甲酸在氫氧化 -42- 201144361 鈉存在下進行醇醛縮合而得到。上述 化合物可以藉由參照該方法的方法而 上述式(B-2-2-4)所表示的化合物 當於V的烷基的4-烷基苯乙酮與4-羥 存在下進行醇醛縮合而得到。上述式 合物可以藉由參照該方法的方法而得 上述式(B-2-3-1)所表示的化合物 化劑,使具有相當於Rf的烷基的丙烯 應的方法而得到。藉由參照該方法的 述式(B-2-3-2)所表示的化合物。 上述式(B-2-4-1)所表示的化合物 時,可以藉由使具有相當於V的烷基 胺基桂皮酸在乙酸中回流的條件下或 催化劑存在下在甲苯或二甲苯中回流 而得到,當Rf爲氟烷基時,可以藉由 胺等適當的保護基團保護後,藉由與 基的氟烷基碘等的格利雅反應進行偶 護,進行脫水閉環後,與4-胺基桂皮® 上述式(B-2-4-2)所表示的化合物 述任一種方法進行合成。作爲第一方 法:將馬來酸酐用對甲苯胺等適當的 與碳酸鉀等適當的鹼存在下使具有相 其進行邁克爾(Michael)加成後,藉由 式(B-2-2-3)所表示的 得到。 ’可以藉由使具有相 基苯甲醛在氫氧化鈉 (B-2-2-5)所表示的化 到。 ’可以藉由使用鈀催 酸酯與4 -溴桂皮酸反 方法,還可以得到上 ’例如,當Rf爲烷基 的烷基丁二酸酐與4-在三乙胺等適當的鹼 的條件下反應的方法 將馬來酸酐用對甲苯 具有相當於R1的氟烷 聯後,藉由水解脫保 妄反應的方法而得到。 ,例如,可以藉由下 法,可以列舉下述方 保護基團保護,並在 當於V的烷基的醇與 水解脫保護,進一步 -43- 201144361 進行脫水閉環’和上述式(8-2-44)所表示的化合物合成時 同樣地’使該生成物與4_胺基桂皮酸反應。作爲第二方法, 可以列舉下述方法:在例如氧化銀存在下使蘋果酸甲酯與 具有相當於Rf的烷基的鹵化烷基反應形成醚後,進行水 解,並進一步進行脫水閉環,和上述式(mi)*表示的 化合物的合成方法同樣操作,使該生成物與4 _胺基桂皮酸 反應。 上述式(B-2-4-3)所表示的化合物,例如,除了使用具 有相當於以的烷基的硫醇代替具有相當於V的烷基的醇以 外’可以和上述式(B-2-4-2)所表示的化合物合成時的第一 方法同樣操作而得到。 上述式(B - 2 - 5 -1)所表示的化合物,例如,可以藉由用 亞硫醯氯將1,2,4-三羧基環己烷酐形成醯氯後,與具有相 當於。的烷基的醇在三乙胺等適當的鹼存在下反應進行酯 化,並和上述式(B-2-4-1)所表示的化合物的合成方法同樣 操作,使該生成物與4 -胺基桂皮酸反應而得到。 上述式(B-2-6-1)所表示的化合物,例如,可以藉由使 對應於所需化合物的化合物Rf-OH與偏苯三酸酐鹵化物反 應,合成作爲中間體的酯化合物,接著使該酯化合物與4-胺基桂皮酸反應而合成。中間體酯化合物的合成,較佳在 適當的溶劑中在鹼性化合物存在下進行。作爲可以使用的 溶劑,可以列舉例如四氫呋喃等,作爲鹼性化合物,可以 列舉例如三乙胺等。酯化合物與4-胺基桂皮酸的反應,可 -44- 201144361 以列舉例如使兩者在乙酸中回流的方法、使兩者在 二甲苯中在適當的催化劑(例如硫酸等酸催化劑或 等鹼催化劑)的存在下回流的方法等。 上述式(B-2-6-2)所表不的化合物,可以藉由將 鄰苯二甲酸在例如二乙基苯中回流進行脫水閉環形 後,藉由和上述同樣的方法與4-胺基桂皮酸反應, 爲第一中間體的醯亞胺化合物,並接著使該醯亞胺 與對應於所需化合物的化合物Rf _ Η (Η爲鹵原子)反 成。此時,較佳在適當的溶劑中,在鹼性化合物存 行。作爲可以使用的溶劑,可以列舉例如Ν, Ν -二甲 胺等醯胺化合物等,作爲鹼性化合物,可以列舉例 鉀等。 上述式(Β - 2 - 7 -1)所表示的化合物,例如,可以 4-硝基桂皮酸在碳酸鉀的存在下與具有相當於…的 鹵化烷基反應形成酯’並使用例如氯化錫還原該硝 胺基後,使該生成物與1,2,4-三羧基環己基環己烷 而得到。後一反應,例如,可以藉由將原料化合物 中回流的方法或在三乙胺等適當的鹼催化劑存在下 或二甲苯中回流的方法進行。藉由參照該方法的方 以合成上述式(Β-2-8-1)所表示的化合物。 上述式(Β-2-8-2)所表示的化合物,可以藉由在 (Β-2-7-1)所表示的化合物的合成中,使用羥基鄰苯 代替1,2,4 -三竣基環己基環己院酐,合成具有酿亞 甲苯或 三乙胺 5-羥基 成酸酐 合成作 化合物 應而合 在下進 基乙醯 如碳酸 藉由使 烷基的 基形成 酐反應 在乙酸 在甲苯 法,可 上述式 二甲酸 胺環的 -45- 201144361 桂皮酸衍生物後,與丁二酸酐或戊二酸酐反應而得到。 上述式(B-2-1-1,)所表示的化合物,可以藉由使具有 相當於Rf的烷基的鹵化烷基與4 -羥基苯甲醛在碳酸鉀等鹼 存在下反應,形成醚鍵後,在氫氧化鈉存在下與4 -羥基苯 乙酮進行醇醛縮合而得到。上述式(B-2-1-2’ )~(Β-2-1-7’ ) 所表示的化合物可以藉由參照該方法的方法而得到。 上述式(B-2-2-1’ )所表示的化合物,例如,可以藉由 以鈀和胺爲催化劑,使4-碘苯酚與具有相當於1^的烷基的 烷基丙烯酸酯反應而得到。 上述式(B-2-2-2’ )所表示的化合物,可以藉由使具有 相當於1^的烷基的4-烷基苯乙酮與4·羥基苯甲醛在氫氧化 鈉存在下進行醇醛縮合而得到。上述式(B-2-1-3’ )所表示 的化合物可以藉由參照該方法的方法而得到。 上述式(B - 2 - 8 -1 ’)所表示的化合物,例如,可以藉由 用亞硫醯氯使4 _硝基桂皮酸形成醯氯後,與具有相當於R f 的烷基的醇反應形成酯,並使用例如氯化錫還原該硝基形 成胺基後,使該生成物與羥基鄰苯二甲酸酐反應而得到。 後一反應’例如’可以藉由將原料化合物在乙酸中回流的 方法或在三乙胺等適當的鹼催化劑存在下在甲苯或二甲苯 中回流的方法進行。 在這些化合物(B-2)中,較佳爲上述式(B-2-1-1)、式 (B-2-1-3)、式(B-2-1-4)、式(B-2-l-6)~ 式(B-2-1-8)、式 (B-2-1-16)、式(B-2-1-19)、式(B-2-1-21)、式(B-2-4-1)、式 -46- 201144361 (B-2-4-2)、式(B-2-5-1)和式(B-2-7-1)所表示的化合物。 此外,作爲具有液晶配向能力的結構不含有上述式 (B-1)所表示的結構的物質’可以列舉正丁酸、正己酸、正 辛酸、正月桂酸、正硬脂酸、4 -正十八院基本甲酸、4 -正 十二烷基苯甲酸、4-正辛基苯甲酸、4-正己基苯甲酸、4-正十八烷氧基苯甲酸、4-正十二烷氧基苯甲酸、4_正辛氧 基苯甲酸、4-正己氧基苯甲酸、1-己硫醇、卜庚硫醇、1-辛硫醇、1-壬硫醇、丨-癸硫醇、ι-~ί —烷硫醇、1-十二烷硫 醇、1-十四院硫醇、1-十六院硫醇、1-十八院硫醇、單膽留 烷基丁二酸酯和下述式所表示的化合物。In the above formula, j is an integer of 5 to 20. k is an integer from 1 to 3. Ma is an integer from 0 to 18. η is an integer from 1 to 18. Examples of the compound having a carboxyl group in the above formula (Β-2-1 1) include 4-(n-butyl)cyclohexylcarboxylic acid, 4-(n-pentyl)cyclohexylcarboxylic acid, and 4-(n-butyl). Dicyclohexylcarboxylic acid, 4-(n-pentyl)dicyclohexylcarboxylic acid, and the like. <Synthesis method of compound having liquid crystal alignment ability> The compound represented by the above formula (Β-2-1) to formula (Β-2-11) can be obtained as a commercial product, or can be obtained by organic chemistry The conventional methods are combined in appropriate combination for synthesis. Hereinafter, a synthesis method will be described by taking a compound in which Rf is an alkyl group as an example, and a compound other than an alkyl group in which Rf is an alkyl group can also be synthesized by the same method as the synthesis method by referring to the method, which is It will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art. The compound represented by the above formula (B-2-1-1) can be heated, for example, by hydroxycinnamic acid and a halogenated alkyl group having an alkyl group corresponding to Rf in the presence of a suitable base such as potassium carbonate. The reaction is carried out, followed by hydrolysis in a suitable aqueous alkali solution such as sodium hydroxide. The compound represented by the above formula (B-2 - 2 - 2) can be, for example, a hydroxy cinnamic acid and an alkyl hydrazine chloride having an alkyl group corresponding to V in the presence of a suitable base such as potassium carbonate at 0. It is obtained by a reaction at a temperature of from ° C to room temperature. The compound represented by the above formula (B - 2 -1 - 4) can be, for example, potassium hydroxybenzoate and a halogenated alkyl or toluene-based acid vinegar having an alkyl group corresponding to Rf in potassium carbonate or the like. In the presence of a suitable base, at room temperature ~ 100. (After the reaction at a temperature of 3, it is hydrolyzed in a suitable aqueous alkali solution such as sodium hydroxide, and further formed into ruthenium chloride with sulfinium chloride, and then it is allowed to react with hydroxycinnamic acid in the presence of a suitable base such as potassium carbonate. It is obtained by reacting at a temperature of from 01 to room temperature. The compound represented by the above formula (B - 2 -1 · 5), for example, can be obtained by reacting hydroxybenzoic acid with an alkyl fluorene having an alkyl group equivalent to In the presence of a suitable base such as triethylamine, after reacting at a temperature of from 0 ° C to room temperature, hydrazine chloride is used to form hydrazine chloride, and it is allowed to react with cinnamic acid in the presence of a suitable base such as potassium carbonate. The compound represented by the above formula (B-2 -1 - 6), for example, can be formed into a ruthenium chloride by using a sulfinium chloride. And it is obtained by reacting with hydroxycinnamic acid at a temperature of 〇 ° c to room temperature in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate. The compound represented by the above formula (B-2-1-7) , for example, by reacting methyl 4-hydroxycyclohexylcarboxylate with a halogenated alkyl group having an alkyl group corresponding to Rf in sodium hydride or After reacting to form an ether in the presence of a suitable base such as sodium metal, it is hydrolyzed in an aqueous alkali solution such as sodium hydroxide, and further formed with ruthenium chloride to form ruthenium chloride, and then in the presence of a suitable base such as potassium carbonate and hydroxycinnamic acid at 0. The compound represented by the above formula (B-2-1-8) can be, for example, a 4-alkane having an alkyl group equivalent thereto by using sulfinium chloride. The cyclyl carboxylic acid forms hydrazine chloride, and is obtained by reacting with hydroxycinnamic acid in the presence of a suitable base such as potassium carbonate at a temperature of TC to room temperature. The above formula (B-2-1-9) The compound represented by the reaction can be formed by reacting a halogenated alkyl group having a phase as the alkyl group with a hydroxybenzaldehyde in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate to form an ether bond with 4-ethylidenebenzoic acid in sodium hydroxide The compound represented by the above formula (B-2-1-10) to the formula (B-2-1-15) can be obtained by referring to the method of the method. The above formula (B) can be obtained by performing aldol condensation. The compound represented by -2-2-1), for example, can be made to have 4-iodophenol equivalent to Rf by using palladium and an amine as a catalyst. After the alkyl acrylate reaction (Heck reaction), a desired cyclic acid anhydride such as succinic anhydride or glutaric anhydride and a reaction product are subjected to ring-opening addition. The above formula (B-2-2-2) The compound represented by the method can be obtained by aldol condensation of 4-alkylacetophenone having an alkyl group corresponding to V with 4-methylmercaptobenzoic acid in the presence of sodium hydroxide-42-201144361. The above compound can be subjected to aldol condensation in the presence of a 4-alkylacetophenone of an alkyl group of V and a 4-hydroxy group by the method of the method, and the compound represented by the above formula (B-2-2-4) The compound of the above formula (B-2-3-1) can be obtained by a method according to the method, and a method of obtaining a propylene having an alkyl group corresponding to Rf can be obtained. . By referring to the compound represented by the above formula (B-2-3-2). In the case of the compound represented by the above formula (B-2-4-1), it can be refluxed in toluene or xylene by refluxing the alkylamino cinnamic acid having a V equivalent to acetic acid in the presence of a catalyst or in the presence of a catalyst. Further, when Rf is a fluoroalkyl group, it can be protected by a suitable protecting group such as an amine, and then subjected to a Grignard reaction with a fluoroalkyl iodide such as a group to carry out dehydration ring closure, and 4- Amino Cassia® The compound represented by the above formula (B-2-4-2) is synthesized by any one of the methods. As a first method, maleic anhydride is added with a suitable base such as potassium carbonate such as p-toluidine to form a phase with Michael addition, and then by formula (B-2-2-3) The representation is obtained. ' can be represented by the presence of the phase benzaldehyde in sodium hydroxide (B-2-2-5). 'Can be obtained by using a palladium oxyacid ester and a 4-bromocinnamic acid counter-method, for example, when Rf is an alkyl group of an alkyl succinic anhydride and a 4-base is a suitable base such as triethylamine. The reaction method is obtained by a method in which maleic anhydride has a fluoroalkane equivalent to R1 in p-toluene and is subjected to a hydrolysis deprotection reaction. For example, the following method can be used to protect the group, and the alcohol in the alkyl group of V is deprotected by hydrolysis, and further -43-201144361 is subjected to dehydration ring closure and the above formula (8-2) -44) When the compound represented is synthesized, the product is reacted with 4-amino cinnamic acid in the same manner. As a second method, a method in which methyl malate is reacted with a halogenated alkyl group having an alkyl group corresponding to Rf to form an ether in the presence of, for example, silver oxide, followed by hydrolysis, further dehydration ring closure, and the above The synthesis of the compound represented by the formula (mi)* is carried out in the same manner, and the product is allowed to react with 4-amino cinnamic acid. The compound represented by the above formula (B-2-4-3), for example, may be the same as the above formula (B-2), except that a thiol having an alkyl group corresponding to the alkyl group is used instead of the alcohol having an alkyl group corresponding to V. -4-2) The first method in the synthesis of the compound represented is obtained in the same manner. The compound represented by the above formula (B-2 - 5 -1) can be, for example, formed by using 1,2,4-tricarboxycyclohexane anhydride to form ruthenium chloride with sulfoxide. The alcohol of the alkyl group is reacted and esterified in the presence of a suitable base such as triethylamine, and is subjected to the same operation as the method for synthesizing the compound represented by the above formula (B-2-4-1) to give the product with 4 - Amino cinnamic acid is obtained by reaction. The compound represented by the above formula (B-2-6-1) can be synthesized, for example, by reacting a compound Rf-OH corresponding to a desired compound with a trimellitic anhydride halide, and then synthesizing the ester as an intermediate. The compound is synthesized by reacting with 4-aminocinnamic acid. The synthesis of the intermediate ester compound is preferably carried out in the presence of a basic compound in a suitable solvent. Examples of the solvent which can be used include tetrahydrofuran and the like. Examples of the basic compound include triethylamine. The reaction of an ester compound with 4-aminocinnamic acid can be carried out, for example, by -44-201144361, for example, by refluxing both in acetic acid, in a suitable catalyst in xylene (for example, an acid catalyst such as sulfuric acid or the like A method of refluxing in the presence of a catalyst). The compound represented by the above formula (B-2-6-2) can be subjected to dehydration ring-closure by refluxing phthalic acid in, for example, diethylbenzene, by the same method as above and 4-amine. The cinnamic acid reacts as a quinone imine compound of the first intermediate, and then reverses the quinone imine with a compound Rf _ Η (Η is a halogen atom) corresponding to the desired compound. In this case, it is preferred to carry out the basic compound in a suitable solvent. Examples of the solvent which can be used include a guanamine compound such as hydrazine or hydrazine-dimethylamine. Examples of the basic compound include potassium. The compound represented by the above formula (Β - 2 - 7 -1), for example, can react with 4-nitrocinnamic acid in the presence of potassium carbonate with a halogenated alkyl group having the equivalent of ... to form an ester' and use, for example, tin chloride After the nitramine group was reduced, the product was obtained by using 1,2,4-tricarboxycyclohexylcyclohexane. The latter reaction can be carried out, for example, by refluxing the starting compound or by refluxing in the presence of a suitable base catalyst such as triethylamine or xylene. The compound represented by the above formula (?-2-8-1) can be synthesized by referring to the method. The compound represented by the above formula (Β-2-8-2) can be substituted with 1, 2, 4 - triterpene by using hydroxy phthalic acid in the synthesis of the compound represented by (Β-2-7-1). a cyclohexylcyclohexanol anhydride, synthesized with a xylene or triethylamine 5-hydroxyl anhydride as a compound, and a lower alkyl group such as carbonic acid by reacting an alkyl group to form an anhydride in acetic acid in toluene It can be obtained by reacting with succinic anhydride or glutaric anhydride after the -45-201144361 cinnamic acid derivative of the above-mentioned amine dicarboxylate ring. The compound represented by the above formula (B-2-1-1,) can be reacted by reacting a halogenated alkyl group having an alkyl group corresponding to Rf with a 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate to form an ether bond. Thereafter, it was obtained by aldol condensation with 4-hydroxyacetophenone in the presence of sodium hydroxide. The compound represented by the above formula (B-2-1-2')~(Β-2-1-7') can be obtained by referring to the method of the method. The compound represented by the above formula (B-2-2-1'), for example, can be reacted with an alkyl acrylate having an alkyl group equivalent to 1 oxime by using palladium and an amine as a catalyst. get. The compound represented by the above formula (B-2-2-2') can be produced by subjecting a 4-alkylacetophenone having an alkyl group corresponding to 1^ with 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde in the presence of sodium hydroxide Obtained by aldol condensation. The compound represented by the above formula (B-2-1-3') can be obtained by referring to the method of the method. The compound represented by the above formula (B - 2 - 8 -1 ') can be, for example, an alcohol having an alkyl group equivalent to R f by forming a ruthenium chloride with 4 - nitrocinnamic acid with sulfinium chloride. The reaction forms an ester, and is obtained by, for example, reducing the nitro group to form an amine group using tin chloride, and then reacting the product with hydroxyphthalic anhydride. The latter reaction 'e.g.' can be carried out by refluxing the starting compound in acetic acid or by refluxing in toluene or xylene in the presence of a suitable base catalyst such as triethylamine. Among these compounds (B-2), the above formula (B-2-1-1), formula (B-2-1-3), formula (B-2-1-4), and formula (B) are preferred. -2-l-6)~ Formula (B-2-1-8), Formula (B-2-1-16), Formula (B-2-1-19), Formula (B-2-1-21 ), formula (B-2-4-1), formula -46- 201144361 (B-2-4-2), formula (B-2-5-1), and formula (B-2-7-1) The compound represented. In addition, as a substance having a structure represented by the above formula (B-1), a structure having a liquid crystal alignment ability may be exemplified by n-butyric acid, n-hexanoic acid, n-octanoic acid, n-lauric acid, n-stearic acid, and 4-n-tenth. Eight hospitals basic formic acid, 4-n-dodecylbenzoic acid, 4-n-octylbenzoic acid, 4-n-hexylbenzoic acid, 4-n-octadecyloxybenzoic acid, 4-n-dodecyloxybenzene Formic acid, 4-n-octyloxybenzoic acid, 4-n-hexyloxybenzoic acid, 1-hexyl mercaptan, diheptyl mercaptan, 1-octyl mercaptan, 1-decyl mercaptan, hydrazine-hydrazine thiol, ι- ~ί—Alkyl mercaptan, 1-dodecanethiol, 1-fourteenth court thiol, 1-six-yard thiol, 1-eighteen-yard thiol, mono-cholesteryl succinate and lower The compound represented by the formula.

在本說明書中’將具有液晶配向能力的結構不含有上 述式(Β-1)所表示的結構的化合物’稱爲“其他的預傾角表 現性化合物”。作爲這種聚有機矽氧烷化合物的具有液晶 配向能力的結構的比例’相對於X a ’較佳爲1 0莫耳%〜9 0 -47- 201144361 莫耳%,更佳爲20莫耳% ~80莫耳%,並特佳爲25莫 莫耳%。 本發明中的[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物,較佳爲溶 有環氧結構的聚有機矽氧烷中的Si-Xa鍵的一部分 在進行反應時,化合物(A-1)、化合物(A-2)、化合 以及具有液晶配向能力的化合物的總計莫耳數,®In the present specification, the compound having a structure having a liquid crystal alignment ability and not having the structure represented by the above formula (Β-1) is referred to as "another pretilt angle compound". The ratio of the structure having a liquid crystal alignment ability as such a polyorganosiloxane compound is preferably from 10 mol% to 90-47 to 201144361 mol%, more preferably 20 mol%, with respect to X a '. ~80% by mole, and especially good for 25% of Momo. In the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound of the present invention, it is preferred that a part of the Si-Xa bond in the polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy structure is reacted, and the compound (A-1) and the compound ( A-2), compounding, and total moles of compounds with liquid crystal alignment ability,®

於具有環氧結構的聚有機矽氧烷所具有的基團X 數。這時,當具有上述式(B-1)所表示的基團的具 向能力的化合物的使用比例,相對於化合物的總 50莫耳%以上時,這種含有[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合 配向劑可以藉由光配向法形成顯示出良好的液晶 液晶配向膜。 <[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物的合成方法> [A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物,可以藉由將具有環 有機矽氧烷、上述式(A-1卜式(A-3)所表示的化合 據需要具有液晶配向能力的化合物,較佳在催化 下,在有機溶劑中反應而合成。這種製造方法簡 各種結構的導入率高,因此從這些方面考慮是適 式(A-1卜式(A-3)所表示的化合物以及具有液 力的化合物,可以單獨使用或者將兩種以上組合 此外,當式(A-1)〜式(A-3)所表示的化合物以 晶配向能力的結構具有羧基時,可以用其他的羧 合物的一部分進行反應。這時,作爲其他的羧酸 有 量 物 配 耳%〜7 5 存有具 。因此, 物(A-3) 佳爲少 的莫耳 液晶配 較佳爲 的液晶 向性的 睾 物 齊! 便 合 晶 使 及 酸 基的聚 以及根 的存在 ,並且 的。 配向能 用。 具有液 置換化 使用比 -48 - 201144361 例’相對於化合物和其他的羧酸的總計,較佳爲50莫耳% 以下。 作爲上述催化劑,可以使用例如有機鹼或促進環氧化 合物與酸酐反應的所謂硬化促進劑。 作爲有機鹼,可以列舉例如: 乙胺、二乙胺、哌阱、哌啶、吡咯啶、吡咯這樣的有 機一級胺或二級胺; 三乙胺、三正丙胺、三正丁胺、吡啶、4 -二甲基胺基 吡啶、二吖雙環十一烯等有機三級胺; 四甲基氫氧化銨等有機四級銨等。其中,較佳爲有機 三級胺和有機四級銨。 作爲硬化促進劑,可以列舉例如: 苄基二甲胺、2,4,6-三(二甲基胺基甲基)苯酚、環己基 二甲胺、三乙醇胺等三級胺; 2 -甲基咪唑、2-正庚基咪唑、2-正Η——烷基咪唑、2-苯基咪唑、2·苯基-4-_基咪唑、1-苄基-2 -甲基咪唑、1-苄 基-2-苯基咪唑、1,2-二甲基咪唑、2 -乙基-4 -甲基咪唑、1-(2-氰基乙基)·2-甲基咪唑、ι_(2_氰基乙基)-2-正十一烷基咪 唑、1-(2-氰基乙基)-2-苯基咪唑、1-(2-氰基乙基)-2-乙基-4-甲基咪唑、2 -苯基-4-甲基-5-羥基甲基咪唑、2 -苯基-4,5 -雙 (羥基甲基)咪唑、1-(2-氰基乙基)-2-苯基-4,5-雙[(2’ -氰基 乙氧基)甲基]咪唑、1-(2•氰基乙基)-2-正十一烷基咪唑鑰偏 苯三酸鹽、1-(2-氰基乙基)-2-苯基咪唑鏺偏苯三酸鹽、1-(2- -49- 201144361 氰基乙基)-2·乙基-4·甲基咪唑錙偏苯三酸鹽、2,4-二胺基 -6-[2’ -甲基咪唑基-(1’ )]乙基-s-三阱、2,4-二胺基 -6-(2 ’ -正Η--烷基咪唑基)乙基-s-三阱、2,4·二胺基 -6-[2’ -乙基-4’ -甲基咪唑基-(Γ )]乙基-s-三畊、2 -甲基咪 唑的異氰脲酸加成物、2 -苯基咪唑的異氰脲酸加成物、2,4-二胺基-6-[2’ -甲基咪唑基-(Γ )]乙基-S·三哄的異氰脲酸 加成物等咪唑化合物; 二苯基膦、三苯基膦、亞磷酸三苯酯等有機磷化合物; 苄基三苯基鐵氯化物、四正丁基鳞溴化物、甲基三苯 基鱗溴化物、乙基三苯基鳞溴化物、正丁基三苯基鱗溴化 物、四苯基鱗溴化物、乙基三苯基鱗执化物、乙基三苯基 鱗乙酸鹽、四正丁基錢、〇,〇 -二乙基二硫代磷酸酯、四正丁 基錢苯并三唑鹽、四正丁基鳞四氟硼酸鹽、四正丁基鱗四 苯基硼酸鹽、四苯基鱗四苯基硼酸鹽等四級鱗鹽; 1,8 -二吖雙環[5.4.0]十一碳烯_7、其有機酸鹽等二吖雙 環鏈烯; 辛酸鋅、辛酸錫、鋁乙醯乙酸酯絡合物等有機金屬化 合物; 四乙基溴化銨、四正丁基溴化銨、四乙基氯化銨、四 正丁基氯化銨等四級銨鹽; 三氟化硼、硼酸三苯酯等硼化合物; 氯化鋅'氯化錫等金屬鹵化物; 二胺二醯胺或胺與環氧樹脂的加成物等胺加成型促進 -50- 201144361 齊!1等高熔點分散型潛在性硬化促進劑; 藉由聚合物包覆咪唑化合物、有機磷化合物、四 鹽等硬化促進劑表面的微膠囊型潛在性硬化促進劑; 胺鹽型潛在性硬化促進劑; 路易士酸鹽、布朗斯台德酸鹽等高溫分解型的熱 子聚合型潛在性硬化促進劑等潛在性硬化促進劑等。 其中,較佳爲四級銨鹽,並更佳爲四乙基溴化銨 正丁基溴化銨、四乙基氯化銨、四正丁基氯化銨。 作爲催化劑的使用量,相對於1 〇 〇質量份具有環 的聚有機矽氧烷’較佳爲100質量份以下,更佳爲0. 量份〜100質量份,並特佳爲…丨質量份〜20質量份❶ 作爲反應溫度’較佳爲01 ~ 2 0 0。(:,並更佳爲5 0 °C °C。作爲反應時間,較佳爲〇. 1小時〜5 0小時,並更 0.5小時〜2 0小時。 作爲在合成[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物時,可以使用 機溶劑’可以列舉例如烴化合物、醚化合物、酯化合 酮化合物、醯胺化合物、醇化合物等。其中,醚化合 醋化合物、酮化合物’從原料和生成物的溶解性以及 物合易精製的觀點考慮是較佳的。作爲溶劑的含量, 體成分濃度(反應溶液中除溶劑以外的成分的合計質 溶液總質量的比例)較佳爲〇 _ 1質量%以上,並更佳爲 量%〜50質量%的量。 作爲[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物的 級鱗 陽離 、四 氧基 01質 -150 佳爲 的有 物、 物、 生成 其固 量占 5質 M w,較佳爲 -51· 201144361 1,〇00~10,00〇,〇〇〇,更佳爲2,〇〇〇~1〇〇,〇〇〇,並特佳爲3〇〇〇~5〇,〇〇〇。 <其他聚合物> 其他聚合物,可以用於進一步改善該液晶配向劑的溶 液特性和所得的液晶配向膜的電氣特性,因此在該液晶配 向劑中可以適當含有。作爲其他聚合物,可以列舉例如[B ] 由聚醯胺酸和聚醯亞胺所構成的群組中選出的至少一種聚 合物、[C]其他的聚有機矽氧烷化合物、聚醯胺酸酯、聚酯、 聚醯胺、纖維素衍生物、聚縮醛、聚苯乙烯衍生物、聚(苯 乙烯-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺)衍生物、聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 其中’較佳爲[B]聚合物、[C]其他的聚有機矽氧烷化合 物。藉由使用該液晶配向劑進一步含有[B ]聚合物的液晶配 向劑製作液晶配向膜,可以得到進一步改善了電壓保持率 等電氣特性的液晶顯示元件。此外,該液晶配向劑藉由進 —步含有[C]其他的聚有機矽氧烷化合物,可以促進[A]聚 有機矽氧烷化合物的交聯,從而可以進一步提高所得的液 晶顯示元件的電壓保持率等。以下,對[B]聚合物、[C]其他 的聚有機矽氧烷化合物進行詳述。 <[B]聚合物> [聚醯胺酸] 作爲[B]聚合物的聚醯胺酸,可以藉由使四羧酸二酐與 二胺化合物反應而得到。 作爲四羧酸二酐,可以列舉例如脂肪族四羧酸二酐、 脂環式四羧酸二酐、芳香族四羧酸二酐等。除此之外,還 -52- 201144361 可以使用曰本特願2009- 1 5 7.5 5 6號中所記載的四羧酸二 酐。這些四羧酸二酐可以單獨使用或將兩種以上組合使用。 作爲脂肪族四羧酸二酐’可以列舉例如丁院四羧酸二 酐等。 作爲脂環式四羧酸二酐’可以列舉例如1, 2,3,4 ·環丁烷 四羧酸二酐、2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐、l,3,3a,4,5,9b-六氫- 5-(四氫-2,5-二側氧-3-呋喃基)-萘[1,2-c]呋喃-1,3-二 嗣、l,3,3a, 4,5,9b -六氯-8-甲基- 5- (四氮-2,5 - 一側氧-3-咲喃 基)-萘[l,2-c]呋喃-1,3 -二酮、3 -氧雜雙環[3.2.1]辛烷-2,4 -二 酮-6-螺-3’ -(四氫呋喃-2’ ,5’ -二酮)、5-(2,5-二側氧四氫 -3-呋喃基)-3-甲基-3-環己烯-1,2-二羧酸酐、3,5,6-三羧基 -2-羧基甲基降莰烷- 2:3,5:6-二酐、2,4,6,8-四羧基雙環[3.3.0] 辛烷-2:4,6:8-二酐、4,9-二氧雜三環[5.3.1.02’6]十一烷 -3,5,8,10-四酮等。 作爲芳香族四羧酸二酐,可以列舉例如苯均四酸二酐 等,除此之外,還可以列舉日本特願2009 - 84462中所記載 的四羧酸二酐。 這些四羧酸二酐中,較佳爲脂環式四羧酸二酐,更佳 爲2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐或1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二 酐,並特佳爲2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐。 作爲2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐或1,2,3,4·環丁烷四 羧酸二酐的使用量,相對於全部四羧酸二酐,較佳爲含有 10莫耳%以上,更佳爲20莫耳%以上,並特佳爲僅由2,3,5- -53- 201144361 三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐或1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐構成。 作爲二胺化合物,可以列舉例如脂肪族二胺、脂環式 二胺、二胺基有機矽氧烷、芳香族二胺等。這些二胺化合 物,可以單獨使用或將兩種以上組合使用。除此之外,還 可以使用日本特願2009- 1 575 5 6號中所記載的二胺。 作爲脂肪族二胺,可以列舉例如間苯二甲胺、1,3-丙二 胺、四亞甲基二胺、五亞甲基二胺、六亞甲基二胺等。 作爲脂環式二胺,可以列舉例如1,4-二胺基環己烷、 4,4’ -亞甲基雙(環己胺)、i,3-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷等。 作爲二胺基有機矽氧烷,可以列舉例如1,3-雙(3·胺基 丙基)-四甲基二環己烷等,除此之外,還可以列舉日本特 願2009-844 62中所記載的二胺。 作爲芳香族二胺,可以列舉例如對苯二胺、4,4’ -二胺 基二苯基甲烷、4,4’ -二胺基二苯基硫醚、1,5-二胺基萘、 2,2’ -二甲基-4,4’ -二胺基聯苯、4,4’ -二胺基-2,2’ -雙 (三氟甲基)聯苯、2,7-二胺基蕗、4,4’ -二胺基二苯醚、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)蕗、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基) 六氟丙烷、4,4’ -(對伸苯基二亞異丙基)雙(苯胺)、4,4’ -(間 伸苯基二亞異丙基)雙(苯胺)、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、 4,4’ -雙(4·胺基苯氧基)聯苯、2,6-二胺基吡啶、3,4-二胺基 吡啶、2,4-二胺基嘧啶、3,6-二胺基吖啶、3,6-二胺基咔唑、 N·甲基-3,6-二胺基咔唑、N-乙基-3,6-二胺基咔唑、N-苯基 -54- 201144361 -3,6-二胺基咔唑、N,N’ -雙(4-胺基苯基)聯苯胺、Ν,Ν’ -雙(4-胺基苯基)-Ν,Ν’ -二甲基聯苯胺' 1,4-雙(4-胺基丙基) 哌阱、3,5 -二胺基苯甲酸、十二烷氧基-2,4 -二胺基苯、十四 烷氧基-2,4-二胺基苯、十五烷氧基-2,4-二胺基苯、十六烷 氧基-2,4-二胺基苯、十八烷氧基-2,4-二胺基苯、十二烷氧 基- 2,5-二胺基苯、十四烷氧基-2,5-二胺基苯、十五烷氧基 -2,5-二胺基苯、十六烷氧基-2,5-二胺基苯、十八烷氧基-2,5·-二胺基苯、膽甾烷氧基-3,5 -二胺基苯、膽甾烯氧基-3,5 -二 胺基苯、膽甾烷氧基-2,4-二胺基苯、膽甾烯氧基-2,4_二胺 基苯、3,5-二胺基苯甲酸膽甾烷基酯、3,5-二胺基苯甲酸膽 甾烯基酯、3,5 -二胺基苯甲酸羊毛甾烷基酯、3,6 -雙(4 -胺基 苯甲醯氧基)膽甾烷、3,6-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)膽甾烷、4_(4’ - 三氟甲氧基苯甲醯氧基)環己基-3 ,5 -二胺基苯甲酸醋、 4-(4三氟甲基苯甲醯氧基)環己基-3,5-二胺基苯甲酸 酯、1,1-雙(4-((胺基苯基)甲基)苯基)-4-丁基環己院、Μ_ 雙(4·((胺基苯基)甲基)苯基)-4·庚基環己烷、m(4((月安 基苯氧基)甲基)苯基)-4-庚基環己烷、;[,;[-雙(4·((.胺基苯基) 甲基)苯基)-4-(4-庚基環己基)環己烷、2,4-二胺基·Ν,Ν_二嫌 丙基苯胺、4_胺基苄胺、3_胺基苄胺和下述式(6)所表示的 二胺化合物等。The number of groups X of the polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy structure. In this case, when the ratio of the compound having the directional ability of the group represented by the above formula (B-1) is 50 mol% or more based on the total amount of the compound, the compound containing [A] polyorganosiloxane is contained. The alignment agent can be formed by a photo-alignment method to exhibit a good liquid crystal alignment film. <[A] Method for synthesizing polyorganosiloxane compound > [A] Polyorganosiloxane compound, which can have a cyclic organooxane, the above formula (A-1) The compound represented by the present invention is required to have a compound having a liquid crystal alignment ability, and is preferably synthesized by catalysis in an organic solvent. This method of production has a high introduction rate of various structures, and therefore it is suitable from these aspects (A- The compound represented by the formula (A-3) and the compound having a hydraulic force may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Further, when the compound represented by the formula (A-1) to the formula (A-3) is crystallized When the structure of the alignment ability has a carboxyl group, it can be reacted with a part of another carboxylate. In this case, as another carboxylic acid, the amount of the label is in the range of % to 7 5 . Therefore, the substance (A-3) is preferably A small amount of Moer liquid crystal is preferably provided with a liquid crystal susceptibility testicle! The crystal is combined with the acid group and the presence of the root, and the alignment can be used. The liquid replacement ratio is -48 - 201144361 'relative to the total of compounds and other carboxylic acids Preferably, the catalyst is, for example, an organic base or a so-called hardening accelerator which promotes the reaction of an epoxy compound with an acid anhydride. Examples of the organic base include ethylamine, diethylamine and a pipe trap. An organic primary or secondary amine such as piperidine, pyrrolidine or pyrrole; organic amine such as triethylamine, tri-n-propylamine, tri-n-butylamine, pyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine or dinonicycloundecene a tertiary amine; an organic quaternary ammonium such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide; etc. Among them, an organic tertiary amine and an organic quaternary ammonium are preferred. Examples of the hardening accelerator include benzyldimethylamine and 2,4. a tertiary amine such as 6-tris(dimethylaminomethyl)phenol, cyclohexyldimethylamine or triethanolamine; 2-methylimidazole, 2-n-heptyl imidazole, 2-n-decane-alkylimidazole , 2-phenylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-imidazole, 1-benzyl-2-methylimidazole, 1-benzyl-2-phenylimidazole, 1,2-dimethylimidazole, 2 -ethyl-4-methylimidazole, 1-(2-cyanoethyl)-2-methylimidazole, iota-(2-cyanoethyl)-2-n-undecylimidazole, 1-(2 -cyanoethyl)-2- Imidazole, 1-(2-cyanoethyl)-2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methyl-5-hydroxymethylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4,5 - bis(hydroxymethyl)imidazole, 1-(2-cyanoethyl)-2-phenyl-4,5-bis[(2'-cyanoethoxy)methyl]imidazole, 1-(2 • Cyanoethyl)-2-n-undecylimidazole key trimellitate, 1-(2-cyanoethyl)-2-phenylimidazolium trimellitate, 1-(2- -49- 201144361 cyanoethyl)-2·ethyl-4·methylimidazolium trimellitate, 2,4-diamino-6-[2'-methylimidazolyl-(1') Ethyl-s-tripper, 2,4-diamino-6-(2'-n-decyl--alkylimidazolyl)ethyl-s-trisole, 2,4.diamino-6- [2'-Ethyl-4'-methylimidazolyl-(Γ)]ethyl-s-three-pill, isocyanuric acid addition of 2-methylimidazole, isocyanuric acid of 2-phenylimidazole Imidazole compound such as an acid adduct, an isocyanuric acid adduct of 2,4-diamino-6-[2'-methylimidazolyl-(indenyl)ethyl-S. Organic phosphorus compound such as phosphine, triphenylphosphine or triphenyl phosphite; benzyltriphenyl iron chloride, tetra-n-butyl bromide, methyltriphenyl sulphate Ethyltriphenyl sulphate, n-butyltriphenyl sulphate, tetraphenyl sulphate, ethyltriphenyl sulphate, ethyltriphenyl sulphate, tetra-n-butyl, 〇, 〇-diethyl dithiophosphate, tetra-n-butyl benzotriazole salt, tetra-n-butyl quaternary tetrafluoroborate, tetra-n-butyl quaternary tetraphenyl borate, tetraphenyl quaternary a quaternary phosphonium salt such as a phenylborate; a 1,8-dioxinbicyclo[5.4.0]undecene -7, a diterpene bicyclic olefin such as an organic acid salt thereof; a zinc octylate, a tin octylate, an aluminum acetonitrile Organometallic compound such as ester complex; tetra-ammonium salt such as tetraethylammonium bromide, tetra-n-butylammonium bromide, tetraethylammonium chloride or tetra-n-butylammonium chloride; boron trifluoride, Boron compound such as triphenyl borate; metal halide such as zinc chloride 'tin chloride; amine addition molding of diamine diamine or amine and epoxy resin, etc. -50- 201144361 a 1st high melting point dispersion type latent hardening accelerator; a microcapsule latent hardening accelerator which coats a surface of a hardening accelerator such as an imidazole compound, an organic phosphorus compound or a tetra salt by a polymer; an amine salt type latent hardening accelerator A latent hardening accelerator such as a pyrolysis type thermosetting polymerization latent curing accelerator such as a Lewis acid salt or a Bronsted acid salt. Among them, a quaternary ammonium salt is preferred, and tetraethylammonium bromide n-butylammonium bromide, tetraethylammonium chloride or tetra-n-butylammonium chloride is more preferred. The amount of the catalyst used is preferably 100 parts by mass or less, more preferably 0 parts by mass to 100 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 5% by mass, based on 1 part by mass of the polyorganosiloxane having a ring. ~20 parts by mass ❶ The reaction temperature is preferably from 01 to 200. (:, and more preferably 50 ° C ° C. As the reaction time, preferably 〇. 1 hour ~ 50 hours, and more 0.5 hour ~ 20 hours. As in the synthesis of [A] polyorganooxane In the case of the compound, the organic solvent can be used, for example, a hydrocarbon compound, an ether compound, an ester ketone compound, a guanamine compound, an alcohol compound, etc. Among them, the solubility of the etherified vinegar compound and the ketone compound from the raw materials and products is as follows. The content of the solvent is preferably 〇 1% by mass or more, and more preferably the content of the solvent (the ratio of the total mass of the total mass of the components other than the solvent in the reaction solution). The amount of % to 50% by mass. As the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound, the scaly cation, the tetraoxy 01-150 is preferred, and the solid content is 5 mass M w , preferably -51· 201144361 1, 〇00~10,00〇, 〇〇〇, better 2, 〇〇〇~1〇〇, 〇〇〇, and especially good 3〇〇〇~5〇 , 〇〇〇. <Other polymers> Other polymers, which can be used to further improve the liquid crystal distribution The solution characteristics of the agent and the electrical properties of the obtained liquid crystal alignment film are appropriately contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent. Examples of the other polymer include [B] a group consisting of polyglycine and polyimine. At least one polymer selected from the group, [C] other polyorganosiloxane compounds, polyphthalates, polyesters, polyamines, cellulose derivatives, polyacetals, polystyrene derivatives, poly (styrene-phenylmaleimide) derivative, poly(meth)acrylate, etc., wherein 'preferably [B] polymer, [C] other polyorganosiloxane compound. By using a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a liquid crystal alignment agent and further containing a [B] polymer, a liquid crystal alignment film can be obtained, and a liquid crystal display element having further improved electrical characteristics such as a voltage holding ratio can be obtained. Further, the liquid crystal alignment agent is further contained. [C] The other polyorganosiloxane compound can promote the crosslinking of the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound, thereby further increasing the voltage holding ratio of the obtained liquid crystal display device, etc. Hereinafter, the [B] polymer , [C] His polyorganosiloxane compound is described in detail. <[B]Polymer> [Polyproline] As the polyamine of [B] polymer, it can be made by using tetracarboxylic dianhydride and two The tetracarboxylic dianhydride is, for example, an aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride, an alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride, an aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride, etc. In addition, -52 - 201144361 The tetracarboxylic dianhydride described in the Japanese Patent Application No. 2009- 1 5 7.5 5 6 can be used. These tetracarboxylic dianhydrides may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Examples of the anhydride include, for example, Dingyuan tetracarboxylic dianhydride. Examples of the alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride include 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride, and 1,3,3a. ,4,5,9b-hexahydro-5-(tetrahydro-2,5-di-oxo-3-furanyl)-naphthalene[1,2-c]furan-1,3-dioxene, l,3 ,3a, 4,5,9b-hexachloro-8-methyl-5-(tetrazo-2,5-one-oxy-3-indolyl)-naphthalene[l,2-c]furan-1, 3-dione, 3-oxabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-2,4-dione-6-spiro-3'-(tetrahydrofuran-2',5'-dione), 5-(2, 5-tertiary oxytetrahydro-3-furanyl)-3-methyl-3-cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride, 3,5,6-tricarboxy-2-carboxymethylnorbornane - 2:3,5:6-dianhydride, 2,4,6,8-tetracarboxybicyclo[3.3.0]octane-2:4,6:8-dianhydride, 4,9-dioxa Ring [5.3.1.02'6] undecane-3,5,8,10-tetraone and the like. Examples of the aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride include, for example, pyromellitic dianhydride, and the tetracarboxylic dianhydride described in Japanese Patent Application No. 2009-84462. Among these tetracarboxylic dianhydrides, preferred are alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides, more preferably 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride or 1,2,3,4-cyclobutane IV. The carboxylic acid dianhydride is particularly preferably 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride. The amount of use of 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride or 1,2,3,4·cyclobutane tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably 10% based on the total tetracarboxylic dianhydride. Mole% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, and particularly preferably only 2,3,5--53- 201144361 tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride or 1,2,3,4-cyclobutane It is composed of tetracarboxylic dianhydride. The diamine compound may, for example, be an aliphatic diamine, an alicyclic diamine, a diamine organosiloxane or an aromatic diamine. These diamine compounds may be used singly or in combination of two or more. In addition, the diamine described in Japanese Patent Application No. 2009-15755-6 can also be used. Examples of the aliphatic diamine include m-xylylenediamine, 1,3-propanediamine, tetramethylenediamine, pentamethylenediamine, and hexamethylenediamine. Examples of the alicyclic diamine include 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 4,4'-methylenebis(cyclohexylamine), and i,3-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane. Wait. For example, 1,3-bis(3.aminopropyl)-tetramethyldicyclohexane may be mentioned as the diamine-based organooxane, and in addition, Japanese Patent Application 2009-844 62 The diamine described in the above. Examples of the aromatic diamine include p-phenylenediamine, 4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, and 1,5-diaminonaphthalene. 2,2'-Dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diamino-2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl, 2,7-diamine Base, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl) Bismuth, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 4,4'-(pair Phenyldiisopropylidene)bis(aniline), 4,4'-(m-phenylene diisopropylidene)bis(aniline), 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene , 4,4'-bis(4.aminophenoxy)biphenyl, 2,6-diaminopyridine, 3,4-diaminopyridine, 2,4-diaminopyrimidine, 3,6- Diamine acridine, 3,6-diaminocarbazole, N-methyl-3,6-diaminocarbazole, N-ethyl-3,6-diaminocarbazole, N-phenyl -54- 201144361 -3,6-Diaminocarbazole, N,N'-bis(4-aminophenyl)benzidine, anthracene, Ν'-bis(4-aminophenyl)-anthracene, anthracene '-Dimethylbenzidine' 1,4-bis(4-aminopropyl) pipe trap, 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid, dodecyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, tetradecyloxy-2,4 -diaminobenzene, pentadecyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, cetyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, octadecyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene , dodecyloxy-2,5-diaminobenzene, tetradecyloxy-2,5-diaminobenzene, pentadecyloxy-2,5-diaminobenzene, palmadecyloxy Base-2,5-diaminobenzene, octadecyloxy-2,5-diaminobenzene, cholestyloxy-3,5-diaminobenzene, cholesteneoxy-3, 5-diaminobenzene, cholestyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, cholesteneoxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid cholesteryl Ester, cholesteryl 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid, lanosteryl 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid, 3,6-bis(4-aminobenzylideneoxy)cholesterol Alkane, 3,6-bis(4-aminophenoxy)cholestane, 4-(4'-trifluoromethoxybenzylideneoxy)cyclohexyl-3,5-diaminobenzoic acid vinegar, 4-(4-trifluoromethylbenzylideneoxy)cyclohexyl-3,5-diaminobenzoate, 1,1-bis(4-((aminophenyl)methyl)phenyl) -4-丁环己院,Μ_bis(4·((aminophenyl)methyl)phenyl)-4·heptylcyclohexane, m(4((())phenoxy)methyl)phenyl)- 4-heptylcyclohexane, [,; [-bis(4.(.aminophenyl)methyl)phenyl)-4-(4-heptylcyclohexyl)cyclohexane, 2,4 - Diamino group hydrazine, hydrazine bis propyl aniline, 4-aminobenzylamine, 3-aminobenzylamine, and a diamine compound represented by the following formula (6).

上述式(6)中’Za爲碳原子數爲1〜3的院基、_〇_、-c〇〇 或-OCO-。pa 爲 〇 或 1。 爲的整數.爲丨〜“的整數 -55- 201144361 直鍵狀 庚基、 基、十 基、二 例如下 在上述式(6)中,作爲c r Η2 〃 I基,可以列舉例如 或分枝狀的甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、 辛基、壬基 '癸基 '十二烷基、十三烷基、十四烷 五烷基、十六烷基、十七烷基、十八烷基、十九烷 十烷基等。 ‘ 作爲上述式(6)所表示的二胺化合物,可以列舉 述式(6-1)~(6-5)所表示的化合物等。In the above formula (6), 'Za' is a hospital base having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, _〇_, -c〇〇 or -OCO-. Pa is 〇 or 1. The integer is 丨 “ “ “ “ “ “ “ “ “ “ “ “ “ “ “ “ “ 庚 庚 庚 庚 庚 庚 庚 庚 庚 庚 庚 庚 庚 庚 庚 庚 庚 庚 庚 庚 庚 庚 庚 庚 庚 庚 庚 庚 庚 庚 庚 庚 庚 庚 庚 庚Methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, octyl, decyl 'fluorenyl' dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecanepentadecyl, hexadecyl, ten A pentaalkyl group, an octadecyl group, a nonadecyldecylene group, etc. ' As the diamine compound represented by the above formula (6), a compound represented by the formula (6-1) to (6-5) can be mentioned. Wait.

nh2 h2n ^^~ch2 (6·5) h2n 化合物 基,四 0.3當 提供於聚醯胺酸合成反應的四羧酸二酐和二胺 的使用比例,相對於1當量二胺化合物中所含的胺 羧酸二酐的酸酐基較佳爲〇·2當量~2當量,更佳爲 量〜1.2當量。 -56- 201144361 較佳在有機溶劑中進行合成反應。作爲反應溫度’較 佳爲-2CTC〜150t,更佳爲〇°c〜l〇〇°C。作爲反應時間’較 佳爲0.1小時〜24小時,更佳爲〇·5小時〜12小時。 作爲有機溶劑,只要可以溶解合成的聚醯胺酸’就沒 有特別限制,其可以列舉例如N -甲基-2 -吡咯啶酮(Ν Μ P)、 Ν,Ν -二甲基乙醯胺、Ν,Ν -二甲基甲醯胺、Ν,Ν·二甲基咪唑 啉酮、二甲基亞颯、·^ -丁內醯胺、四甲基脲、六甲基磷醯 三胺等非質子系極性溶劑;間甲酚、二甲苯酚、苯酚、鹵 化苯酚等酣系溶劑。 作爲有機溶劑的使用量U) ’相對於四羧酸二酐和二胺 的總量(b)與有機溶劑使用量(a)的總量(a + b),較佳爲0.1 質量%〜50質量%,更佳爲5質量%~30質量%。 反應後所得的聚醯胺酸溶液,可以直接供給液晶配向 劑的調製,也可以將反應溶液中所含的聚醯胺酸分離出來 後供給液晶配向劑的調製,或者還可以將分離出的聚醯胺 酸精製後再供給液晶配向劑的調製。作爲聚醯胺酸的分離 方法,可以列舉例如藉由將反應溶液注入到大量的不良溶 劑中,並將所得的析出物在減壓下乾燥的方法、使用蒸發 器減壓餾出反應溶液的方法等。作爲聚醯胺酸的精製方 法’可以列舉將分離的聚醯胺酸再次溶解在有機溶劑中, 並用不良溶劑使其析出的方法、進行一次或多次使用蒸發 器減壓餾出有機溶劑等的步驟的方法。 [聚醯亞胺] -57- 201144361 作爲[B]聚合物的聚醯亞胺,可以藉由使上述聚醯胺酸 所具有的醯胺酸結構脫水閉環,進行醯亞胺化而製造。 聚醯亞胺,可以是作爲其前腯體的聚醯胺酸所具有的 全部醯胺酸結構脫水閉環的完全醯亞胺化物,也可以是部 分醯胺酸結構脫水閉環而形成醯胺酸結構和醯亞胺結構並 存的部分醯亞胺化物。聚醯亞胺的醯亞胺化率,較佳爲3 0 % 以上’更佳爲40% ~ 80%。另外,聚醯亞胺中的醯亞胺化率, 是將聚醯亞胺的溶液投入到純水中,並在室溫下減壓乾燥 所得的沉澱後,將其溶解在氘化二甲基亞颯中,以四甲基 矽烷作爲基準物,在室溫下測定 j-NMR,並由所得的 j-NMR譜圖,根據下述式(7)所表示的式子求出。 醯亞胺化率(%) = {1-(A'/A2)x α } X 1 00 (7) 上述式(7)中,Α1是來自於 NH基質子的峰面積 (10ppm)〇A2是來自於其他質子的峰面積是其他質子的 個數相對於聚醯胺酸中的NH基的1個質子的比例。 作爲聚醯亞胺的合成方法,可以列舉例如(i)加熱聚醯 胺酸的方法(以下,有時稱爲“方法(i)” )、(U)將聚醯胺酸 溶解在有機溶劑中,並向該溶液中添加脫水劑和脫水閉環 催化劑’以及根據需要加熱的方法(以下,有時稱爲“方法 (ii)” )等使用聚醯胺酸的脫水閉環反應的方法。 作爲方法⑴中的反應溫度,較佳爲50t ~200°C,並更 佳爲60°C ~170°C。當反應溫度不到5(TC時,脫水閉環反應 無法充分進行,而當反應溫度超過2 0 0。(:時,所得的聚醯亞 -58- 201144361 胺的分子量會下降。作爲反應時間,較佳爲0.5小時~48小 時,更佳爲2小時〜2 0小時。 方法(i)中所得的聚醯亞胺,可以直接供給液晶配向劑 的調製’也可以將聚醯亞胺分離出來後供給液晶配向劑的 調製’或者還可以將分離出的聚醯亞胺精製後或將所得的 聚醯亞胺精製後再供給液晶配向劑的調製。 作爲方法(i i)中的脫水劑,可以列舉例如乙酸酐、丙酸 酐、三氟乙酸酐等酸酐。 作爲脫水劑的含量,可以根據所希望的醯亞胺化率而 適當選擇,但相對於1莫耳聚醯胺酸的醯胺酸結構,較佳 爲0.01莫耳~20莫耳。 作爲方法(ii)中的脫水閉環催化劑,可以列舉例如吡 啶、可力丁、二甲基吡啶、三乙胺等》 作爲脫水閉環催化劑的含量,相對於1莫耳含有的脫 水劑’較佳爲〇 · 〇 1莫耳〜1 0莫耳。另外,上述脫水劑和脫 水閉環催化劑的含量越多,則越可以提高醯亞胺化率。 作爲方法(ii)中所用的有機溶劑,可以列舉例如和作爲 聚醯胺酸合成中所用的溶劑而舉例的有機溶劑同樣的有機 溶劑等。 作爲方法(ii)中的反應溫度’較佳爲0C~180°C,更佳 爲1 0 °C〜1 5 0 °c。作爲反應時間,較佳爲0 · 5小時〜20小時, 更佳爲1小時〜8小時。藉由使反應條件爲上述範圍,脫水 閉環反應可以充分進行,並且可以得到所得聚醯亞胺的適 -59- 201144361 當分子量。 在方法(i i)中,可以得到含有聚醯亞胺的反應溶液。該 反應溶液可以直接供給液晶配向劑的調製,也可以在從反 應溶液中除去脫水劑和脫水閉環催化劑後再供給液晶配向 劑的調製,並且還可以將聚醯亞胺分離出來後再供給液晶 配向劑的調製或者將分離出的聚醯亞胺精製後再供給液晶 配向劑的調製。作爲從反應溶液中除去脫水劑和脫水閉環 催化劑的方法,可以列舉例如溶劑置換的方法等。作爲聚 醯亞胺的分離方法和精製方法,可以列舉例如和作爲聚醯 胺酸的分離方法和精製方法而舉例的方法相同的方法等。 &lt;[C]其他的聚有機矽氧烷化合物&gt; 該液晶配向劑中,較佳爲除了 [A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物 以外,還進一步含有[C]其他的聚有機矽氧烷化合物,作爲 [C]其他的聚有機矽氧烷化合物,更佳爲具有上述式(2)所表 示的結構單元的聚有機矽氧烷。另外,當該液晶配向劑含 有[C]其他的聚有機矽氧烷化合物時,只要[C]其他的聚有機 矽氧烷化合物的大部分與[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物獨立存 在’則其一部分也可以作爲與特定聚有機矽氧烷化合物的 縮合物而存在。 上述式(2)中,Xb爲羥基、滷原子、碳原子數爲卜2〇 的院基、碳原子數爲1〜6的烷氧基或碳原子數爲6〜20的芳 基。Y2爲羥基或碳原子數爲1〜1〇的烷氧基。 作爲碳原子數爲1〜2 0的烷基,可以列舉例如直鏈狀或 -60- 201144361 分枝狀的甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、 辛基、壬基、癸基、月-基、十二烷基、十三烷基、十四 烷基、十五烷基、十六烷基、十七烷基、十八烷基、十九 烷基、二十烷基等。 作爲碳原子數爲1 ~ 6的烷氧基,可以列舉例如甲氧 基、乙氧基、正丙氧基、異丙氧基、正丁氧基、異丁氧基 等。 作爲碳原子數爲6〜20的芳基,可以列舉例如苯基、萘 基等。 作爲[C]其他的聚有機砂氧院化合物的]yiw,較佳爲 500- 100,000 -更佳爲 500~ 10,000。 [C]其他的聚有機矽氧烷化合物,例如,可以藉由較佳 在適當的有機溶劑中,在水和催化劑的存在下,使由烷氧 基矽烷和鹵化矽烷化合物所構成的群組中選出的至少一種 矽烷化合物(以下,有時稱爲“原料矽烷化合物”),進行 水解或水解·縮合而合成。 作爲原料矽烷化合物’可以列舉例如四甲氧基矽烷、 四乙氧基矽烷、四正丙氧基矽烷、四異丙氧基矽烷、四正 丁氧基砂烷、四二級丁氧基矽烷、四三級丁氧基矽烷、四 氯砂垸等; 甲基三甲氧基矽烷 ' 甲基三乙氧基矽烷、甲基三正丙 氧基砍院、甲基三異丙氧基矽烷、甲基三正丁氧基矽烷、 甲基三二級丁氧基矽烷、甲基三三級丁氧基矽烷、甲基三 -61 - 201144361 苯氧基矽烷、甲基三氯矽烷、乙基三甲氧基矽烷、乙基三 乙氧基矽烷、乙基三正丙氧基矽烷、乙基三異丙氧基矽烷、 乙基三正丁氧基矽烷、乙基三二級丁氧基矽烷、乙基三三 級丁氧基矽烷、乙基三氯矽烷、苯基三甲氧基矽烷、苯基 三乙氧基矽烷、苯基三氯矽烷等; 二甲基二甲氧基矽烷、二甲基二乙氧基矽烷、二甲基 二氯矽烷等; 三甲基甲氧基矽烷、三甲基乙氧基矽烷、三甲基氯矽 烷等。 其中,較佳爲四甲氧基矽烷、四乙氧基矽烷、甲基三 甲氧基矽烷、甲基三乙氧基矽烷、苯基三甲氧基矽烷、苯 基三乙氧基矽烷、二甲基二甲氧基矽烷、二甲基二乙氧基 矽烷、三甲基甲氧基矽烷或三甲基乙氧基矽烷。 作爲在合成[c]其他的聚有機矽氧烷化合物時,可以任 意使用的有機溶劑,可以列舉例如醇化合物、酮化合物、 醯胺化合物、酯化合物或其他非質子性化合物。它們可以 單獨使用或將兩種以上組合使用。 作爲醇化合物,可以列舉例如甲醇、乙醇、正丙醇、 異丙醇、正丁醇、異丁醇、二級丁醇、三級丁醇、正戊醇、 異戊醇、2 -甲基丁醇、二級戊醇、三級戊醇、3 -甲氧基丁 醇、正己醇、2-甲基戊醇、二級己醇、2-乙基丁醇、二級 庚醇、3-庚醇、正辛醇、2-乙基己醇、二級辛醇、正壬醇、 2,6 -二甲基-4-庚醇、正癸醇、二級--醇、三甲基壬醇、 -62- 201144361 二級十四醇、二級十七醇、苯酚、環己醇、甲基環己 3,3,5 -三甲基環己醇、苄醇、雙丙酮醇等單醇化合物; 乙二醇、1,2-丙二醇、1,3-丁二醇、2,4-戊二醇、 基-2,4-戊二醇、2,5-己二醇、2,4-庚二醇、2-乙基-1,3-醇、二乙二醇、二丙二醇、三乙二醇、三丙二醇等多 化合物; 乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、乙二醇單丙醚、 醇單丁醚、乙二醇單己醚、乙二醇單苯醚、乙二醇單. 基丁基醚、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙 單丙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、二乙二醇單己醚、丙二醇 醚、丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單丙醚、丙二醇單丁醚、 二醇單甲醚、二丙二醇單乙醚、二丙二醇單丙醚等多 化合物的部分醚等。 作爲酮化合物,可以列舉例如丙酮、甲乙酮、甲 丙基酮、甲基正丁基酮、二乙酮、甲基異丁基酮、甲 戊基酮、乙基正丁基酮、甲基正己基酮、二異丁基酮 甲基壬酮、環己酮、2 -己酮、甲基環己酮、2,4-戊二酮 酮基丙酮、苯乙酮、葑酮等單酮化合物; 乙醯基丙酮、2,4 -己二酮、2,4 -庚二酮、3,5 -庚二 2,4-辛二酮、3,5-辛二酮、2,4-壬二酮、3,5-壬二酮、5--2,4-己二酮、2,2,6,6-四甲基-3,5-庚二酮、1,1,1,5,5,5--2,4-庚二酮等yS-二酮化合物等。 作爲醯胺化合物,可以列舉例如甲醯胺、N -甲基 醇、 2-甲 己二 元醇 乙二 2-乙 二醇 單甲 二丙 元醇 基正 基正 、三 、丙 酮、 甲基 六氟 甲醯 -63- 201144361 胺、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N_乙基甲醯胺、N,N-二乙基甲醯 胺、乙醯胺、N-甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N-乙基 乙醯胺、N,N-二乙基乙醯胺、N-甲基丙醯胺、N-甲基吡咯 啶酮、N -甲醯基嗎啉、N -甲醯基哌啶、N -甲醯基吡咯啶、 N -乙醯基嗎啉、n -乙醯基哌啶' N -乙醯基吡咯啶等。 作爲酯化合物,可以列舉例如二乙基碳酸酯、碳酸乙 烯酯、碳酸丙烯酯、乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、γ-丁內醯胺、 7-戊內酯、乙酸正丙酯、乙酸異丙酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙酸 異丁酯、乙酸二級丁酯、乙酸正戊酯、乙酸二級戊酯、乙 酸3-甲氧基丁酯、乙酸甲基戊酯、乙酸2-乙基丁酯、乙酸 2-乙基己酯、乙酸苄酯、乙酸環己酯、乙酸甲基環己醋、 乙酸正壬酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、乙酸乙二醇 單甲醚、乙酸乙二醇單乙醚、乙酸二乙二醇單甲醚、乙酸 二乙二醇單乙醚、乙酸二乙二醇單正丁醚、乙酸丙二醇單 甲醚 '乙酸丙二醇單乙醚、乙酸丙二醇單丙醚、乙酸丙二 醇單丁醚、乙酸二丙二醇單甲醚、乙酸二丙二醇單乙酸、 二乙酸甘醇、乙酸甲氧基三甘醇、丙酸乙酯、丙酸正丁醋、 丙酸異戊酯、草酸二乙酯、草酸二正丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳 酸乙酯、乳酸正丁酯、乳酸正戊酯、丙二酸二乙酯、鄰苯 二甲酸二甲酯、鄰苯二甲酸二乙酯等。 作爲其他的非質子性化合物,可以列舉例如乙腈、二 甲基亞颯、Ν,Ν,Ν’ ,Ν’ -四乙基磺醯胺、六甲基磷酸三醯 胺、Ν -甲基嗎啉酮' Ν -甲基吡咯、Ν -乙基吡咯、Ν -甲基-△ 3- -64 - 201144361 吡咯咐、N-甲基哌啶、N-乙基哌啶、N,N-二甲基哌阱、N-甲基咪唑、N -甲基-4-哌啶酮、N -甲基-2-哌啶酮、ΝΜΡ、ΐ,3· 二甲基-2·咪唑啉酮、1,3 -二甲基四氫- 2(1Η) -嘧啶酮等。 這些溶劑中,較佳爲多元醇化合物、多元醇化合物的 部分醚以及酯化合物。 作爲在合成[C]其他的聚有機矽氧烷化合物時使用的 水量,相對於原料矽烷化合物所具有的烷氧基和鹵原子的 合計1莫耳,較佳爲0.5莫耳〜100莫耳,更佳爲1莫耳~30 莫耳,特佳爲1莫耳〜1.5莫耳。 作爲在合成[C]其他的聚有機矽氧烷化合物時可以使 用的催化劑,可以列舉例如金屬螯合物、有機酸、無機酸、 有機鹼、鹼金屬化合物、鹼土類金屬化合物、氨等。它們 可以單獨使用或將兩種以上組合使用。 作爲金屬螯合物,可以列舉例如三乙氧基·單(乙醯丙酮) 鈦、三正丙氧基·單(乙醯丙酮)鈦、三異丙氧基·單(乙醯丙 酮)鈦、三正丁氧基.單(乙醯丙酮)鈦、三二級丁氧基·單(乙 醯丙酮)鈦、三三級丁氧基·單(乙醯丙酮)鈦、二乙氧基·雙(乙 醯丙酮)鈦、二正丙氧基·雙(乙醯丙酮)鈦、二異丙氧基·雙(乙 醯丙酮)鈦、二正丁氧基.雙(乙醯丙酮)鈦、二二級丁氧基· 雙(乙醯丙酮)鈦、二三級丁氧基·雙(乙醯丙酮)鈦、單乙氧 基.三(乙醯丙酮)鈦、單正丙氧基·三(乙醯丙酮)鈦、單異丙 氧基·三(乙醯丙酮)鈦、單正丁氧基·三(乙醯丙酮)鈦、單二 級丁氧基.三(乙醯丙酮)鈦、單三級丁氧基.三(乙醯丙酮) -65- 201144361 鈦、四(乙醯丙酮)鈦、三乙氧基·單(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鈦' 三正丙氧基·單(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鈦、三異丙氧基.單(乙基 乙醯乙酸酯)鈦、三正丁氧基·單(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鈦、三二 級丁氧基·單(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鈦、三三級丁氧基·單(乙基 乙醯乙酸酯)鈦、二乙氧基·雙(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鈦、二正丙 氧基·雙(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鈦、二異丙氧基.雙(乙基乙醯乙 酸酯)鈦、二正丁氧基·雙(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鈦、二二級丁氧 基·雙(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鈦、二三級丁氧基·雙(乙基乙醯乙 酸酯)鈦、單乙氧基·三(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鈦、單正丙氧基· 三(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鈦、單異丙氧基·三(乙基乙醯乙酸酯) 鈦、單正丁氧基·三(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鈦、單二級丁氧基· 三(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鈦、單三級丁氧基·三(乙基乙醯乙酸酯) 鈦、四(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鈦、單(乙醯丙酮)三(乙基乙醯乙 酸酯)鈦、雙(乙醯丙酮)雙(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鈦、三(乙醯丙 酮)單(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鈦等鈦螯合化合物; 三乙氧基·單(乙醯丙酮)銷、三正丙氧基·單(乙醯丙酮) 鉻、三異丙氧基·單(乙醯丙酮)銷、三正丁氧基.單(乙醯丙 酮)锆、三二級丁氧基·單(乙醯丙酮)銷、三三級丁氧基.單(乙 醯丙酮)鉻、二乙氧基·雙(乙醯丙酮)錐、二正丙氧基.雙(乙 醯丙酮)錐、二異丙氧基·雙(乙醯丙酮)銷'二正丁氧基·雙(乙 醯丙酮)锆、二二級丁氧基·雙(乙醯丙酮)鉻、二三級丁氧基. 雙(乙醯丙酮)鉻、單乙氧基·三(乙醯丙酮)鉻、單正丙氧基· 三(乙醯丙酮)锆、單異丙氧基·三(乙醯丙酮)锆、單正丁氧 -66 - 201144361 基·三(乙醯丙酮)锆、單二級丁氧基·三(乙醯丙酮)锆、單三 級丁氧基·三(乙醯丙酮)鉻、四(乙醯丙酮)锆、三乙氧基·單 (乙基乙醯乙酸酯)锆、三正丙氧基.單(乙基乙醯乙酸酯) 锆、三異丙氧基·單(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)锆、三正丁氧基·單(乙 基乙醯乙酸酯)銷、三二級丁氧基.單(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鉻、 三三級丁氧基·單(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)锆、二乙氧基·雙(乙基 乙醯乙酸酯)鉻、二正丙氧基·雙(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鉻、二異 丙氧基·雙(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)锆、二正丁氧基·雙(乙基乙醯 乙酸酯)锆、二二級丁氧基.雙(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)銷、二三級 丁氧基·雙(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)锆、單乙氧基·三(乙基乙醯乙 酸酯)鍩、單正丙氧基·三(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)锆、單異丙氧基· 三(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)锆、單正丁氧基三(乙基乙醯乙酸酯) 鉻、單二級丁氧基·三(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鉻、單三級丁氧基· 三(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鍩、四(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)锆、單(乙醯 丙酮)三(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)锆、雙(乙醯丙酮)雙(乙基乙醯乙 酸酯)鉻、三(乙醯丙酮)單(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鉻等鉻螯合化 合物; 三(乙醯丙酮)鋁、三(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)鋁等鋁螯合物化 合物等。 作爲有機酸,可以列舉例如乙酸、丙酸、丁酸、戊酸、 己酸、庚酸、辛酸、壬酸、癸酸、乙二酸、馬來酸、甲基 丙二酸、己二酸、癸二酸、沒食子酸、丁酸、苯六甲酸、 花生油烯酸 '莽草酸、2 -乙基己酸、油酸、硬脂酸、亞油 -67- 201144361 酸、亞麻酸、水楊酸'苯甲酸'對胺基苯甲酸、對甲苯磺 酸、苯磺酸、單氯乙酸、二氯乙酸、三氯乙酸、三氟乙酸、 甲酸、丙二酸、磺酸、鄰苯二甲酸、富馬酸、檸檬酸、酒 石酸等。 作爲無機酸,可以列舉鹽酸、硝酸、硫酸、氫氟酸、 磷酸等。 作爲有機鹼,可以列舉例如吡啶、吡咯、哌阱、吡咯 啶、哌啶、甲基吡啶、三甲胺、三乙胺、單乙醇胺、二乙 醇胺、二甲基單乙醇胺、單甲基二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺、二 吖雙環辛烷、二吖雙環壬烷、二吖雙環十一烯、氫氧化四 甲基銨等。 作爲鹼金屬化合物,可以列舉例如氫氧化鈉、氫氧化 鉀等。 作爲鹼土類金屬化合物,可以列舉例如氫氧化鋇 '氫 氧化鈣等。 其中,較佳爲金屬螯合化合物、有機酸和無機酸,更 佳爲鈦螯合化合物和有機酸。 作爲催化劑的使用量,相對於100質量份原料矽烷化 合物,較佳爲0.001質量份~1〇質量份,更佳爲0·001質量 份~ 1質量份。 在合成[C]其他的聚有機矽氧烷化合物時所添加的 水,可以斷續地或連續地添加到作爲原料的矽烷化合物中 或添加到將矽烷化合物溶解於有機溶劑的溶液中。催化劑 -68- 201144361 可以預先添加到作爲原料的矽烷化合物中或添加到將矽烷 化合物溶解於有機溶劑的溶液中,也可以溶解或分散在添 加的水中。 作爲合成[c]其他的聚有機矽氧烷化合物時的反應溫 度,較佳爲0°c ~100°c,並更佳爲I5°c〜80°C。作爲反應時 間,較佳爲0.5小時~24小時,更佳爲1小時〜8小時。 [其他聚合物的含有比例] 在該液晶配向劑含有其他聚合物時,作爲其他聚合物 的含有比例,根據其他聚合物的種類而不同,但相對於1 〇〇 質量份[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物,較佳爲1 0,000質量份以下。 在該液晶配向劑含有[B]聚合物時,作爲聚醯胺酸和聚 醯亞胺的合計量的含有比例,相對於1 〇 〇質量份[A ]聚有機 矽氧烷化合物,較佳爲200質量份〜5,000質量份。 在該液晶配向劑含有[C]其他的聚有機矽氧烷時,作爲 [C ]其他的聚有機矽氧院化合物的含有比例,相對於1 〇 〇質 量份聚有機矽氧烷,較佳爲100質量份〜2,000質量份。 在該液晶配向劑含有其他聚合物時,作爲其他聚合物 的種類’較佳爲[B]聚合物或[C]其他的聚有機矽氧烷,更佳 爲[B ]聚合物。 &lt;任選成分&gt;. 作爲任選成分,可以列舉例如固化劑、固化催化劑、 硬化促進劑、在分子內具有至少一個環氧基的化合物(以 下’有時稱爲“環氧化合物”)、官能性矽烷化合物、界面 -69- 201144361 活性劑等。以下,對於這些任選成分進行詳述。 [固化劑、固化催化劑以及硬化促進劑] 爲了使[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物的交聯反應更加牢 固,在該液晶配向劑中可以含有固化劑和固化催化劑。此 外,爲了促進固化劑所控制的固化反應’在該液晶配向劑 中可以含有上述硬化促進劑。 作爲固化劑,可以使用通常用於具有環氧基的固化性 化合物或含有具有環氧基的化合物的固化性組成物的固化 用的固化劑,其可以列舉例如多元胺、多元羧酸酐、多元 羧酸等。 作爲多元羧酸酐,可以列舉例如環己烷三羧酸的酐以 及其他的多元羧酸酐等。作爲環己烷三羧酸酐,可以列舉 例如環己烷-1,2,4-三羧酸、環己烷-1,3,5-三羧酸、環己烷 -1,2,3·三羧酸、環己烷-1,3,4-三羧酸-3,4-酐、環己烷-1,3,5-三羧酸-3,5-酐、環己烷-1,2,3-三羧酸-2,3-酐等。 作爲其他的多元羧酸.酐,可以列舉例如4-甲基四氫化 鄰苯二甲酸酐、甲基納迪克酸酐;十二碳烯基琥珀酸酐、 丁二酸酐、馬來酸酐、鄰苯二甲酸酐、偏苯三酸酐以及在 聚醯胺酸的合成中通常使用的四羧酸二酐,除此之外,還 可以列舉α -萜品烯、別羅勒烯等具有共軛雙鍵的脂環式化 合物與馬來酸酐的狄爾斯·阿德耳反應生成物以及它們的 氫化物等。 作爲固化劑的使用比例,相對於1 0 0質量份[A ]聚有機 -70- 201144361 砂氧焼化合物’較佳爲100質量份以下。 作爲固化催化劑,可以列舉例如六氟化銻化合物、六 氟化磷化合物、鋁三乙醯乙酸酯等。作爲固化催化劑的使 用比例’相對於1 0 0質量份[AJ聚有機矽氧烷化合物,較佳 爲2質量份以下。 . 作爲硬化促進劑,可以列舉例如 咪唑化合物; 四級磷化合物; 四級胺化合物; 1,8-二吖雙環[5.4.0]十一碳烯-7或其有機酸鹽這樣的 二吖雙環鏈烯; 辛酸鋅、辛酸錫、鋁乙醯乙酸酯絡合物這樣的有機金 屬化合物; . 三氟化硼、硼酸三苯酯這樣的硼化合物; 氯化鋅、氯化錫這樣的金屬鹵化物; 二胺二醯胺、胺與環氧樹脂的加成物這樣的胺加成型 促進劑等高熔點分散型潛在性硬化促進劑; 藉由聚合物包覆四級鐵鹽等表面的微膠囊型潛在性硬 化促進劑; 胺鹽型潛在性硬化促進劑; 路易士酸鹽、布朗斯台德酸鹽這樣的高溫分解型的熱 陽離子聚合型潛在性硬化促進劑等。 作爲硬化促進劑的使用比例,相對於100質量份[A]聚 -71 - 201144361 有機矽氧烷,較佳爲1 〇質量份以下。 [環氧化合物] 爲了進一步提高形成的液晶配向膜相對於基板表面的 黏接性,在該液晶配向劑中可以含有環氧化合物。 作爲環氧化合物,可以列舉例如乙二醇二縮水甘油 醚、聚乙二醇二縮水甘油醚、丙二醇二縮水甘油醚、三丙 二醇二縮水甘油醚、聚丙二醇二縮水甘油醚、新戊二醇二 縮水甘油醚、1,6-己二醇二縮水甘油醚、丙三醇二縮水甘油 醚、2,2-二溴新戊二醇二縮水甘油醚、1,3,5,6 -四縮水甘油 基-2,4-己二醇、Ν,Ν,Ν’ ,Ν’ 四縮水甘油基-間二甲苯二 胺、1,3-雙(Ν,Ν-二縮水甘油基胺基甲基)環己烷、 Ν,Ν,Ν’ ,Ν’ -四縮水甘油基-4,4’ -二胺基二苯基甲烷、 Ν,Ν -二縮水甘油基-苄基胺、Ν,Ν -二縮水甘油基-胺基甲基環 己烷等。 作爲環氧化合物的含有比例,相對於[Α]聚有機矽氧烷 化合物和任意含有的其他聚合物的合計1 〇〇質量份,較佳 爲40質量份以下,更佳爲0.1質量份~30質量份。另外’ 在該液晶配向劑含有環氧化合物時,爲了有效產生交聯反 應,可以並用1-苄基-2-甲基咪唑等鹼催化劑。 [官能性砂烷化合物] 爲了提高形成的液晶配向膜對於基板表面的黏接性’ 可以使用上述官能性矽烷化合物。 作爲官能性矽烷化合物,可以列舉例如3 -胺基丙基三 -72- 201144361 甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、2-胺基丙基三甲 氧基矽烷、2-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、Ν-(2·胺基乙基)-3· 胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、Ν-(2 -胺基乙基)·3 -胺基丙基甲基 二甲氧基矽烷、3-醯脲基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-醯脲基丙 基三乙氧基矽烷、Ν-乙氧基羰基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽 烷、Ν-乙氧基羰基-3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、Ν-三乙氧基 甲矽烷基丙基三亞乙基三胺、Ν_三甲氧基甲矽烷基丙基三 亞乙基三胺、10-三甲氧基甲矽烷基-1,4,7-三氮雜癸烷、10-三乙氧基甲矽烷基-1,4,7-三氮雜癸烷、9-三甲氧基甲矽烷基 -3,6-二氮雜壬基乙酸酯、9-三乙氧基甲矽烷基-3,6-二氮雜 壬基乙酸酯、Ν-苄基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、Ν-苄基- 3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、Ν-苯基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽 烷、Ν-苯基-3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、Ν-雙(氧基亞乙 基)-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、Ν-雙(氧基亞乙基)-3-胺基丙 基三乙氧基矽烷、3 -縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、 2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、四羧酸二酐與具 有胺基的矽烷化合物的反應物等,除此之外,還可以列舉 日本特開昭63-29 1 922號公報中所記載的四羧酸二酐與具 有胺基的矽烷化合物的反應物等。 作爲官能性矽烷化合物的含有比例,相對於[A]聚有機 矽氧烷化合物和任意含有的其他聚合物的合計1〇〇質量 ί分,較佳爲50質量份以下’更佳爲20質量份以下。 [界面活性劑] -73- 201144361 作爲界面活性劑,可以列舉例如非離子界面活 陰離子界面活性劑、陽離子界面活性劑、兩性界面拒 聚矽氧烷界面活性劑、聚氧化烯界面活性劑、含氟 性劑等。 作爲界面活性劑的使用比例,相對於該液晶配 全體1〇〇質量份’較佳爲ίο質量份以下,更佳爲1 以下。 &lt;液晶配向劑的調製方法&gt; 如上所述’該液晶配向劑含有[A]聚有機矽氧烷 作爲必要成分,以及根據需要含有其他成分,並較 爲各成分溶解在有機溶劑中的溶液狀的組成物進行 作爲有機溶劑,較佳爲溶解[A ]聚有機矽氧烷化 及任意使用的其他成分,並且不會與它們反應的溶 爲可以較佳爲用於該液晶配向劑的有機溶劑,根據 有的其他聚合物的種類而不同。 作爲該液晶配向劑含有[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合! 聚合物時的較佳的有機溶劑,可以列舉作爲聚醯胺 中所用的溶劑而舉例的有機溶劑。這些有機溶劑可 使用或將兩種以上組合使用。 另一方面,作爲該液晶配向劑僅含有[A]聚有機 化合物作爲聚合物或者含有[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合: 其他的聚有機矽氧烷化合物時的較佳的有機溶劑, 舉例如1-乙氧基-2-丙醇、丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單 性劑、 性劑、 界面活 向劑的 質量份 化合物 佳爲作 調製》 合物以 劑。作 任意含 (¾ 和[B ] 酸合成 以單獨 矽氧烷 吻和[C] 可以列 .丙醚、 -74- 201144361 丙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單乙酸酯 '二丙二醇甲醚、二丙二 醇乙醚'二丙二醇丙醚、二丙二醇二甲醚、乙二醇單甲醚' 乙二醇單乙醚、乙二醇單丙醚、乙二醇單丁醚(丁基賽職 蘇)、乙二醇單戊醚、乙二醇單己醚、二乙二醇、甲基賽猫 蘇乙酸酯、乙基賽璐蘇乙酸酯、丙基賽璐蘇乙酸酯、丁基 賽璐蘇乙酸酯、甲基卡必醇、乙基卡必醇、丙基卡必醇、 丁基卡必醇、乙酸正丙酯、乙酸異丙酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙 酸異丁酯、乙酸二級丁酯、乙酸正戊酯、乙酸二級戊酯、 乙酸3 -甲氧基丁酯、乙酸甲基戊酯、乙酸2 -乙基丁酯、乙 酸2-乙基己酯、乙酸苄酯、乙酸正己酯、乙酸環己酯、乙 酸辛酯、乙酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯等。其中,較佳爲乙酸正 丙酯、乙酸異丙酯、乙酸正丁酯 '乙酸異丁酯、乙酸二級 丁酯、乙酸正戊酯、乙酸二級戊酯等。 可以用於調製該液晶配向劑的較佳爲溶劑,根據有無 使用其他聚合物以及該聚合物的種類,可以將上述有機溶 劑的一種或兩種以上組合使用而得到。這種溶劑,在下述 的較佳爲固體成分濃度中,不會析出液晶配向劑中含有的 各成分,並且使液晶配向劑的表面張力爲25mN/m~40mN/m 的範圍。 本發明的液晶配向劑的固體成分濃度,也就是說液晶 配向劑中除溶劑以外的所有成分的質量占液晶配向劑總質 量的比例,考慮黏性、揮發性等進行選擇’並較佳爲1質 量%〜10質量%。當固體成分濃度不到1質量%時’存在有 -75- 201144361 由該液晶配向劑所形成的液晶配向膜的膜厚過小而無法獲 得良好的液晶配向膜的情況。另—方面,當固體成分濃度 超過10質量%時,存在有塗膜膜厚過大而無法獲得良好的 液晶配向膜,並且液晶配向劑的黏性增大而導致塗布特性 不足的情況。較佳的固體成分濃度的範圍,根據在基板上 塗布液晶配向劑時所採用的方法而不同。例如,採用旋塗 法時的固體成分濃度範圍,較佳爲1.5質量% ~4.5質量%。 當採用印刷法時,固體成分濃度較佳爲3質量%~9質量% 的範圍,並由此使溶液黏度爲12mPa_s~50mPa_s的範圍。當 採用噴墨法時,固體成分濃度較佳爲1質量% ~5質量%的範 圍,並由此使溶液黏度爲3mPa.s〜15mPa.s的範圍。 調製該液晶配向劑時的溫度,較佳爲〇°C〜200°C,並更 佳爲 1 0 °C ~ 6 0 °c。 &lt;液晶配向膜及其形成方法&gt; 由該液晶配向劑所形成的液晶配向膜也適當地包含在 本發明中。作爲使用該液晶配向劑形成液晶配向膜的方 法’根據在[A ]聚有機矽氧烷化合物中,[B ]具有液晶配向 能力的結構不含有上述式(Β-υ所表示的結構單元的情況 (以下,這種情況下的形成方法稱爲“形成方法(i)” )、具 有液晶配向能力的結構含有上述式(B_丨)所表示的結構單元 的情況(以下’這種情況下的形成方法稱爲“形成方法 (11))而不同。以下’對形成方法(i)和(i i)進行詳述。 [形成方法(i)] -76- 201144361 首先,將兩片設置了形成圖案的透明導電膜的基 爲一對,並藉由例如輥塗法、旋塗法、印刷法、噴墨 適當的塗布方法,在其各透明導電膜形成面上塗布該 配向劑。接著,對塗布面進行預加熱(預烘烤),接著 燒成(後烘烤)形成塗膜。作爲預烘烤的條件,例如爲$ °C〜120°C下進行0.1分鐘~5分鐘。作爲後烘烤的條件 佳爲在120°C~300 °C下,更佳爲在150°C~250°C下,較 進行5分鐘〜200分鐘,更佳爲進行10分鐘~100分鐘 烘烤後的塗膜膜厚,較佳爲 〇.〇〇l//m〜1/im,更 0.005 /z m~0.5. # m。 作爲上述基板,可以列舉例如包含浮法玻璃、鈉 璃等玻璃基材、聚對苯二甲酸乙二醇酯、聚對苯二甲 二醇酯、聚醚颯、聚碳酸酯等塑膠基材的透明基板等 作爲透明導電膜,可以列舉含有Sn〇2的NESA膜 有In2〇3-Sn〇2的ITO膜等。作爲這些透明導電膜的形 案方法,可以列舉例如光刻蝕法或者在形成透明導電 使用光罩的方法等。 在塗布液晶配向劑時,爲了使基板或透明導電膜 膜的黏接性更加良好,可以預先在基板和透明導電膜 布官能性矽烷化合物、鈦酸酯化合物等。 在將該液晶配向劑用於形成垂直配向型液晶顯示 用的液晶配向膜時,可以將如上所述形成的塗膜直接 垂直配向型液晶顯示元件用的液晶配向膜,也可以對 板作 法等 液晶 藉由 ί 40 ,較 佳爲 。後 佳爲 鈣玻 酸丁 〇 、含 成圖 膜時 與塗 上塗 元件 用作 該塗 -77- 201144361 膜面任意實施打磨處理。另一方面,在將本發明的液晶配 向劑用於形成水準配向型液晶顯示元件用的液晶配向膜 時’可以藉由在如上所述形成的塗膜上實施打磨處理而形 成液晶配向膜。 上述打磨處理’可以藉由使用捲繞了例如尼龍、人造 絲'棉花等纖維所形成的布的輥在一定方向上進行摩擦而 實施。此處’可以藉由例如日本特開平6-222366號公報、 曰本特開平6-281937號公報等所記載的那樣,對液晶配向 膜的一部分照射紫外線’從而對所形成的液晶配向膜實施 改變預傾角的處理,或者可以如日本特開平5_1〇7 544號公 報所記載的那樣’藉由實施在所形成的液晶配向膜表面的 一部分上形成光阻膜後’在與先前的打磨處理不同方向上 進行打磨處理’然後除去光阻膜,使液晶配向膜在每個區 域上具有不同的液晶配向能力的處理,從而可以改善所得 的水準型液晶顯示元件的視野特性。 [形成方法(ii)] 本發明所包含的液晶配向膜的形成方法(ii),包括: (1) 將包含[A ]聚有機矽氧烷化合物的液晶配向劑塗布 在基板上,形成塗膜的步驟’該[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物包 含具有上述式(B-1)所表示的結構單元的具有液晶配向能力 的結構,以及 (2) 對步驟(1)所形成的塗膜的至少一部分照射放射線 的步驟。 -78- 201144361 藉由使用該液晶配向劑的本發明的形成方法,可以形 成作爲液晶顯示元件在實用方面充分滿足所要求的液晶配 向性、電壓保持率和耐光性等特性的液晶配向膜。 作爲上述(1)塗膜形成步驟,可以適用和在形成方法(〇 中所說明的塗膜形成步驟同樣的步驟。 在形成方法(ii)中,可以由(2)對步驟(1)所形成的塗膜 的至少一部分照射放射線的步驟來代替形成方法(i)中所說 明的打磨處理,來製造液晶配向膜。 作爲放射線’可以使用直線偏振光或部分偏振光的放 射線或非偏振光的放射線,可以列舉例如包含 150nm〜800nm波長光的紫外線和可見光線,並較佳爲包含 300nm〜4OOnm波長光的紫外線。在所用的放射線爲直線偏 振光或部分偏振光時,可以從與基板面垂直的方向上進行 照射,而爲了賦予預傾角’也可以從傾斜的方向上進行照 射’此外,也可以將它們組合進行。在照射非偏振光的放 射線時,照射的方向必須爲傾斜方向。 作爲使用的光源’可以列舉例如低壓水銀燈、高壓水 銀燈、氘燈、金屬鹵化物燈、氬氣共振燈、氣燈、準分子 雷射器等。上述較佳爲波長區域的紫外線,可以藉由將上 述光源與例如濾光器、繞射光柵等並用的方法等而得到。 作爲放射線的照射量’較佳爲U/m2以上且不到 lO’OOOJ/m2,更佳爲10J/m2〜3,000J/m2。另外,在藉由光配向 法對於由以往公知的液晶配向劑所形成的塗膜賦予液晶配 -79- 201144361 向能力時’需要1 0,000】/m2以上的放射線照射量,而在使 用該液晶配向劑時,即使光配向法時的放射線照射量爲 3,000J/m2以下,進一步爲i,〇〇〇j/m2以下,並特別爲5〇〇j/m2 以下’也可以賦予良好的液晶配向能力,並且有助於液晶 顯示元件製造成本的下降。 &lt;液晶顯示元件&gt; 具備該液晶配向膜的液晶顯示元件也適當地包含在本 發明中。因此,具備由該液晶配向劑所形成的液晶配向膜 的本申請的液晶顯示元件,可以適當用於例如鐘錶、可攜 式遊戲機、文字處理器、筆記型電腦、汽車導航系統、攝 影機、可攜式資訊終端、數位相機、行動電話、各種顯示 器、液晶電視等顯示裝置。 &lt;液晶顯示元件的製造方法&gt; 該液晶顯示元件例如可以如下製造。 作爲第一種方法,是以往已知的方法,其中,首先, 將兩片基板隔著間隙(胞間隙)相對配置,使各自的液晶配 向膜相對向,並使用密封 '劑將這兩片基板的周邊部位貼合 在一起,向由基板表面和密封劑所劃分的胞間隙內注入塡 充液晶後,封閉注入孔,由此可以製造液晶胞。 作爲第二種方法,是被稱作爲〇DF(One Drop Fill,滴 注)方式的方法,其中,在形成液晶配向膜的兩片基板中的 一塊基板上的規定部位,塗布例如紫外線固化性密封材 料’再在液晶配向膜面上滴下液晶,然後貼合另一塊基板, -80- 201144361 使液 封劑 加熱 溫, 胞的 顯示 球以 晶等 有正 舉例 苯類 類液 述液 甾醇 “ c- 甲基 有負 舉例 化偶 晶配向0吴相對向,接著對基板整面照射紫外線,使密 固化,由此可以製造液晶胞。 在採用任一方法的情況下’接下來都是希望將液晶胞 至所用液晶呈各向同性相的溫度,然後緩慢冷卻至室 由此除去塡充液晶時的流動配向。然後,藉由在液晶 外側表面上貼合偏光板,由此可以得到本發明的液晶 元件。 作爲密封劑’可以列舉例如含有作爲間隔物的氧化鋁 及固化劑的環氧樹脂等。 作爲上述液晶’可以列舉例如向列型液晶和近晶型液 。在TN型液晶胞或STN型液晶胞情況下,較佳爲具 介電各向異性的向列型液晶。作爲這種液晶,可以列 如聯苯類液晶、苯基環己烷類液晶、酯類液晶、三聯 液晶、聯苯基環己烷類液晶、嘧啶類液晶、二氧六環 晶、雙環辛烷類液晶、立方烷類液晶等。此外,在上 晶中還可以進一步添加使用例如作爲氯化膽甾醇、膽 壬酸醋、膽甾醇碳酸酯等膽甾型液晶(Merck公司, 15” 、 ‘‘CB-15”)進行銷售的手性劑;對癸氧基苯亞 -對胺基-2-甲基丁基桂皮酸酯等鐵電性液晶等。 另一方面’在垂直配向型液晶胞的情況下,較佳爲具 介電各向異性的向列型液晶。作爲這種液晶,可以列 如二氰基苯類液晶、嗒阱類液晶、席夫鹼類液晶、氧 氮類液晶、聯苯類液晶、苯基環己烷類液晶等。 -81 - 201144361 作爲液晶胞的外側使用的偏光板,可以列舉用乙酸纖 維素保護膜夾住使聚乙烯醇拉伸配向的同時,吸收碘所得 的稱作爲“H膜”的偏光膜而形成的偏光板或者Η膜自身 所形成的偏光板。 [實施例] 以下,基於實施例對本發明進行詳述,但本發明並不 由該實施例的記載而進行限定性地解釋。 另外,根據需要,重複進行下述合成例所示的合成示 意圖中的原料化合物和聚合物的合成,來確保在以下的實 施例中所用的原料化合物和聚合物的必要量。環氧當量根 據JIS C2 105的“鹽酸-甲乙酮法”進行測定。溶液黏度 (mPa’s)是使用Ε型旋轉黏度計對各合成例中將聚合物溶液 的聚合物濃度調整爲1 〇質量%的溶液進行測定的。 &lt;具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷的合成&gt; [合成例1] 在具有攪拌器、溫度計、滴液漏斗和回流冷凝管的反 應容器中’加入lOO.Og 2-(3,4 -環氧基環己基)乙基三甲氧基 矽烷、500g甲基異丁酮和10.0g三乙胺,並在室溫下混合。 接著’由滴液漏斗經30分鐘滴入100g去離子水,然後在 回流下混合’並在80°C下反應6小時。反應結束後,取出 有機層’使用0.2質量%的硝酸銨水溶液洗滌至洗滌後的水 呈中性’然後在減壓下餾出溶劑和水,得到作爲黏稠透明 液體的具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷(EPS」)。 -82- 201144361 對(EPS-1)進行1H-NMR分析,結果在化學位移 (6 ) = 3.2ppm附近可以得到和理論強度一樣的基於環氧基 的峰,由此可以確認在反應中未產生環氧基的副反應。 (EPS-1)的Mw爲2200,環氧當量爲I86g/莫耳。 〈化合物(A-1-1)的合成&gt; [合成例2] 根據下述合成示意圖,合成化合物(A-iq)。Nh2 h2n ^^~ch2 (6·5) h2n compound group, IV 0.3 when the ratio of tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine provided in the polyamine synthesis reaction is relative to that contained in 1 equivalent of the diamine compound The acid anhydride group of the amine carboxylic acid dianhydride is preferably from 2 to 2 equivalents, more preferably from about 1.2 equivalents. -56- 201144361 It is preferred to carry out the synthesis reaction in an organic solvent. The reaction temperature ' is preferably -2 CTC to 150 t, more preferably 〇 ° c to l 〇〇 ° C. The reaction time is preferably from 0.1 hour to 24 hours, more preferably from 5 hours to 12 hours. The organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve the synthesized polyamic acid, and examples thereof include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (Indole P), hydrazine, hydrazine-dimethylacetamide, Ν, Ν - dimethylformamide, hydrazine, hydrazine dimethyl imidazolidinone, dimethyl hydrazine, · - - butylide, tetramethyl urea, hexamethylphosphonium triamine, etc. Proton-based polar solvent; anthraquinone solvent such as m-cresol, xylenol, phenol or halogenated phenol. The amount of use of the organic solvent U) 'relative to the total amount (b) of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine and the total amount (a + b) of the organic solvent used amount (a) is preferably 0.1% by mass to 50%. The mass% is more preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass. The polyaminic acid solution obtained after the reaction may be directly supplied to the liquid crystal alignment agent, or may be prepared by separating the polyamic acid contained in the reaction solution, and then supplying the liquid crystal alignment agent, or may also separate the separated polymer. After the purification of proline, the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent is supplied. Examples of the method for separating the polyamic acid include a method in which a reaction solution is injected into a large amount of a poor solvent, and the obtained precipitate is dried under reduced pressure, and a method of distilling off the reaction solution using an evaporator under reduced pressure. Wait. The method for purifying poly-proline is exemplified by a method of dissolving the separated polylysine in an organic solvent, and precipitating it with a poor solvent, and discharging the organic solvent one or more times using an evaporator under reduced pressure. The method of the step. [Polyimide] -57- 201144361 The polyimine which is a [B] polymer can be produced by dehydrating and ring-closing a proline structure of the polyamic acid. Polyimine, which may be a complete yttrium imide of a lysine structure having a polyamine acid as a precursor of its pro-steroid, or a partial guanine structure dehydration ring closure to form a proline structure Part of the quinone imide that coexists with the quinone imine structure. The ruthenium imidization ratio of the polyimine is preferably 30% or more and more preferably 40% to 80%. Further, the ruthenium iodide ratio in the polyimine is a solution in which a solution of polyimine is put into pure water, and the resulting precipitate is dried under reduced pressure at room temperature, and then dissolved in deuterated dimethyl group. In the anthraquinone, z-NMR was measured at room temperature using tetramethylnonane as a reference, and the obtained j-NMR spectrum was obtained from the formula represented by the following formula (7). Ruthenium amination rate (%) = {1-(A'/A2)x α } X 1 00 (7) In the above formula (7), Α1 is a peak area (10 ppm) derived from the NH matrix 〇A2 The peak area from other protons is the ratio of the number of other protons to the one proton of the NH group in the polyamic acid. Examples of the method for synthesizing the polyimine include (i) a method of heating poly-proline (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "method (i)"), and (U) dissolving poly-proline in an organic solvent. In addition, a dehydrating agent and a dehydration ring-closure catalyst are added to the solution, and a method of heating (as may be referred to as "method (ii)"), which is required to be heated, is carried out by a dehydration ring-closure reaction of polyglycine. The reaction temperature in the method (1) is preferably from 50 t to 200 ° C, and more preferably from 60 ° C to 170 ° C. When the reaction temperature is less than 5 (TC, the dehydration ring-closure reaction cannot be sufficiently carried out, and when the reaction temperature exceeds 200. (:, the molecular weight of the obtained poly-p-58-201144361 amine will decrease. As the reaction time, Preferably, it is from 0.5 hours to 48 hours, more preferably from 2 hours to 20 hours. The polyimine obtained in the method (i) can be directly supplied to the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent, and the polyimine can be separated and supplied. The preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent may be carried out by purifying the separated polyimine or after purifying the obtained polyimine and supplying the liquid crystal alignment agent. The dehydrating agent in the method (ii) may, for example, be mentioned. An acid anhydride such as acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride or trifluoroacetic anhydride. The content of the dehydrating agent can be appropriately selected depending on the desired ruthenium imidation ratio, but it is relative to the proline structure of 1 mol of polylysine. Preferably, it is 0.01 mol to 20 mol. As the dehydration ring-closing catalyst in the method (ii), for example, pyridine, collidine, lutidine, triethylamine, etc. can be cited as the content of the dehydration ring-closing catalyst, relative to 1 Moer The dehydrating agent 'is preferably 〇· 〇1 mol to 10 mol. In addition, the more the content of the above dehydrating agent and the dehydration ring-closing catalyst, the more the sulfiliation rate can be increased. As used in the method (ii) The organic solvent is, for example, the same as the organic solvent exemplified as the solvent used in the synthesis of polyamic acid. The reaction temperature in the method (ii) is preferably from 0 C to 180 ° C, more preferably. The reaction time is preferably from 0. 5 hours to 20 hours, more preferably from 1 hour to 8 hours. By allowing the reaction conditions to be in the above range, the dehydration ring closure reaction can be sufficiently Carrying out, and obtaining the obtained polyimine from -59- 201144361 when molecular weight. In the method (ii), a reaction solution containing polyimine can be obtained. The reaction solution can be directly supplied to the liquid crystal alignment agent. The preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent may be carried out after removing the dehydrating agent and the dehydration ring-closing catalyst from the reaction solution, and the polyimine may be separated and then supplied to the liquid crystal alignment agent to prepare or separate the separated polymer. The preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent is carried out after the purification of the ruthenium imine. The method of removing the dehydrating agent and the dehydration ring-closure catalyst from the reaction solution may, for example, be a solvent replacement method, etc. As a separation method and a purification method of the polyimine. For example, the same method as the method exemplified as the separation method and the purification method of polyproline is listed. &lt;[C] Other polyorganosiloxane compound] It is preferable that the liquid crystal alignment agent further contains [C] other polyorganosiloxane compound in addition to the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound Further, as the other polyorganosiloxane compound of [C], a polyorganosiloxane having a structural unit represented by the above formula (2) is more preferable. Further, when the liquid crystal alignment agent contains [C] other polyorganosiloxane compound, as long as [C] most of the polyorganosiloxane compound is present independently of the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound, A part thereof may also exist as a condensate with a specific polyorganosiloxane compound. In the above formula (2), Xb is a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, a group having a carbon number of 2 Å, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Y2 is a hydroxyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 1 ring of carbon atoms. Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms include a linear, or -60-201144361 branched methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl group. , mercapto, fluorenyl, urethyl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, hexadecyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl, nonadecyl , eicosyl and the like. Examples of the alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a n-propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a n-butoxy group, and an isobutoxy group. Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group. As the [C] other polyorganic oxide compound compound, yiw is preferably 500 to 100,000 - more preferably 500 to 10,000. [C] Other polyorganosiloxane compounds, for example, may be grouped from alkoxydecane and a halogenated decane compound by preferably in a suitable organic solvent in the presence of water and a catalyst. At least one selected decane compound (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "raw material decane compound") is synthesized by hydrolysis, hydrolysis, and condensation. The raw material decane compound 'is, for example, tetramethoxy decane, tetraethoxy decane, tetra-n-propoxy decane, tetraisopropoxy decane, tetra-n-butoxy sulane, tetra- or 2-butoxy decane, Four or three grades of butoxy decane, chlorinated ruthenium, etc.; methyltrimethoxy decane 'methyl triethoxy decane, methyl tri-n-propoxy sulfoxide, methyl triisopropoxy decane, methyl Tri-n-butoxy decane, methyl tri- or 2-butoxy decane, methyl tri-tert-butoxy decane, methyl tri-61 - 201144361 phenoxy decane, methyl trichloro decane, ethyl trimethoxy Decane, ethyltriethoxydecane, ethyltri-n-propoxydecane, ethyltriisopropoxydecane, ethyltri-n-butoxydecane, ethyltri-n-butoxydecane, ethyltri Tertiary butoxy decane, ethyl trichloro decane, phenyl trimethoxy decane, phenyl triethoxy decane, phenyl trichloro decane, etc.; dimethyl dimethoxy decane, dimethyl diethoxy Base decane, dimethyldichlorodecane, etc.; trimethyl methoxy decane, trimethyl ethoxy decane, trimethyl chloro decane, and the like. Among them, preferred are tetramethoxydecane, tetraethoxydecane, methyltrimethoxydecane, methyltriethoxydecane, phenyltrimethoxydecane, phenyltriethoxydecane, dimethyl. Dimethoxydecane, dimethyldiethoxydecane, trimethylmethoxydecane or trimethylethoxydecane. The organic solvent which can be optionally used in the synthesis of the other polyorganosiloxane compound of [c] may, for example, be an alcohol compound, a ketone compound, a guanamine compound, an ester compound or other aprotic compound. They may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Examples of the alcohol compound include methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, isobutanol, secondary butanol, tertiary butanol, n-pentanol, isoamyl alcohol, and 2-methylbutyl. Alcohol, secondary pentanol, tertiary pentanol, 3-methoxybutanol, n-hexanol, 2-methylpentanol, secondary hexanol, 2-ethylbutanol, second-grade heptanol, 3-glycol Alcohol, n-octanol, 2-ethylhexanol, secondary octanol, n-nonanol, 2,6-dimethyl-4-heptanol, n-nonanol, secondary-alcohol, trimethylnonanol -62- 201144361 Secondary alcohols such as secondary tetradecyl alcohol, secondary heptadecyl alcohol, phenol, cyclohexanol, methylcyclohexane 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexanol, benzyl alcohol, diacetone alcohol ; ethylene glycol, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 2,4-pentanediol, yl-2,4-pentanediol, 2,5-hexanediol, 2,4-g Polyamide, 2-ethyl-1,3-alcohol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tripropylene glycol and other compounds; ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol single Propyl ether, alcohol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monohexyl ether, ethylene glycol monophenyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol Monoethyl ether, diethylene monopropyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monohexyl ether, propylene glycol ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol A partial ether of a plurality of compounds such as monoethyl ether or dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether. Examples of the ketone compound include acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl ketone, methyl n-butyl ketone, diethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, methyl amyl ketone, ethyl n-butyl ketone, and methyl n-hexyl group. Monoketone compounds such as ketone, diisobutyl ketone methyl fluorenone, cyclohexanone, 2-hexanone, methylcyclohexanone, 2,4-pentanedone acetone, acetophenone, anthrone; Mercaptoacetone, 2,4-hexanedione, 2,4-heptanedione, 3,5-hepta-2,4-octanedione, 3,5-octanedione, 2,4-nonanedione, 3,5-nonanedione, 5--2,4-hexanedione, 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-3,5-heptanedione, 1,1,1,5,5,5 - yS-diketone compound such as 2,4-heptanedione. As the guanamine compound, for example, formamidine, N-methyl alcohol, 2-methylhexyl glycol ethylene di-2-ethaneglycol monomethyldipropanol-based n-propyl, tri-, acetone, methyl hexafluoride may be mentioned. Hyperthyroidism-63- 201144361 Amine, N,N-dimethylformamide, N-ethylformamide, N,N-diethylformamide, acetamide, N-methylacetamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-ethylacetamide, N,N-diethylacetamide, N-methylpropionamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, N-formamidine Pyromomorpholine, N-methylmercaptopiperidine, N-methylpyridylpyrrolidinium, N-ethylmercaptomorpholine, n-ethinylpiperidine 'N-ethinylpyrrolidine, and the like. The ester compound may, for example, be diethyl carbonate, ethylene carbonate, propylene carbonate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, γ-butyrolactam, 7-valerolactone, n-propyl acetate or isopropyl acetate. Ester, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, n-amyl acetate, diethyl amyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl amyl acetate, 2-ethylbutyl acetate Ester, 2-ethylhexyl acetate, benzyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, methylcyclohexylacetate, n-decyl acetate, methyl ethyl acetate, ethyl acetate, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether , ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropylene Ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol monoacetic acid, glycol diacetate, methoxy triethylene glycol acetate, ethyl propionate, n-butyl propionate, isoamyl propionate , diethyl oxalate, di-n-butyl oxalate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, lactic acid Butyl, n-amyl lactate, diethyl malonate, phthalic acid dimethyl ester, diethyl phthalate and the like. Examples of the other aprotic compound include acetonitrile, dimethyl hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine, Ν'-tetraethyl sulfonamide, trimethylamine hexamethylphosphate, and hydrazine-methylmorpholine. Ketone ' Ν -methylpyrrole, Ν-ethylpyrrole, Ν-methyl-△ 3- -64 - 201144361 Pyrrolidine, N-methylpiperidine, N-ethylpiperidine, N,N-dimethyl Pipe trap, N-methylimidazole, N-methyl-4-piperidone, N-methyl-2-piperidone, hydrazine, hydrazine, 3·dimethyl-2·imidazolidinone, 1,3 - dimethyltetrahydro-2(1?)-pyrimidinone or the like. Among these solvents, preferred are polyol compounds, partial ethers of polyol compounds, and ester compounds. The amount of water used in synthesizing the other polyorganosiloxane compound of [C] is preferably 1 mol, preferably 0.5 mol to 100 mol, based on 1 mol of the alkoxy group and the halogen atom which the raw material decane compound has. More preferably 1 mole to 30 moles, especially good for 1 mole to 1.5 moles. The catalyst which can be used in the synthesis of the other polyorganosiloxane compound of [C] may, for example, be a metal chelate compound, an organic acid, an inorganic acid, an organic base, an alkali metal compound, an alkaline earth metal compound or ammonia. They may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Examples of the metal chelate compound include triethoxy mono(acetonitrile) titanium, tri-n-propoxy-mono(acetonitrile) titanium, and triisopropoxy mono(acetonitrile) titanium. Tri-n-butoxy. Single (acetylacetone) titanium, tri- or two-butoxy-single (acetylacetone) titanium, tris-butoxy-single (acetylacetone) titanium, diethoxy double (acetonitrile) titanium, di-n-propoxy-bis(acetonitrile) titanium, diisopropoxy-bis(acetonitrile) titanium, di-n-butoxy. bis(acetonitrile) titanium, two Second-order butoxy-bis(acetamidineacetone) titanium, di-tertiary butoxy-bis(acetoxime) titanium, monoethoxy. tris(acetonitrile) titanium, mono-n-propoxy-three ( Acetylacetone) titanium, monoisopropoxy-tris(acetonitrile) titanium, mono-n-butoxy-tris(acetonitrile) titanium, single-stage butoxy. tris(acetonitrile) titanium, single Tertiary butoxy. Tris(acetonitrile) -65- 201144361 Titanium, tetrakis(acetonitrile) titanium, triethoxy mono(ethylacetamidine acetate) titanium tri-n-propoxy-single (ethyl acetoacetate) titanium, three different Oxy. mono(ethylacetamidine acetate) titanium, tri-n-butoxy-mono(ethylacetamidine acetate) titanium, tri- or di-butoxy-mono(ethylacetamidine acetate) Titanium, tri-tertiary butoxy-mono(ethylacetamidine acetate) titanium, diethoxy bis(ethylacetamidine acetate) titanium, di-n-propoxy-bis(ethyl acetamidine) Acetate) titanium, diisopropoxy. bis(ethylacetamidine acetate) titanium, di-n-butoxy bis(ethylacetamidine acetate) titanium, di- or two-butoxy (ethyl acetamidine acetate) titanium, di-tertiary butoxy bis(ethyl acetamidine acetate) titanium, monoethoxy tris(ethyl acetamidine acetate) titanium, single positive C Oxygen·Tris(ethylacetamidine acetate) Titanium, monoisopropoxy-tris(ethylacetamidine acetate) Titanium, mono-n-butoxy-tris(ethylacetamidine acetate) Titanium , single-stage butoxy-tris(ethylacetamidine acetate) titanium, mono-tertiary butoxy-tris(ethylacetamidine acetate) titanium, tetrakis(ethylacetamidine acetate) titanium , single (acetonitrile) tris(ethylacetamidine acetate) titanium, bis(acetamidineacetone) bis(ethylacetamidineacetic acid) Ester) Titanium chelate compound such as titanium, tris(acetonitrile) mono(ethylacetamidine acetate) titanium; triethoxy mono(acetonitrile) pin, tri-n-propoxy-mono(acetonitrile) Acetone) Chromium, triisopropoxy-mono(acetonitrile) pin, tri-n-butoxy. Mono (acetamidine) zirconium, tri- or 2-butoxy-single (acetamidine), three or three Butoxy.mono(acetonitrile)chromium, diethoxybis(acetonitrile) cone, di-n-propoxy.bis(acetamidine) cone, diisopropoxy-bis(acetonitrile) ) 't-n-butoxy-bis(acetamidineacetone) zirconium, di- or 2-butoxy-bis(acetamidineacetone) chromium, di- or tertiary-butoxy. bis(acetonitrile) chromium, monoethoxy C. Tris(acetonitrile) chromium, mono-n-propoxy-tris(acetonitrile) zirconium, monoisopropoxy-tris(acetonitrile)zirconium, mono-n-butoxy-66 - 201144361 base·three ( Ethylene acetonide) zirconium, single-stage butoxy-tris(acetonitrile) zirconium, mono-tertiary butoxy-tris(acetonitrile) chromium, tetrakis(acetonitrile)zirconium, triethoxy-single (ethyl acetoacetate) zirconium, tri-n-propoxy Mono-(ethylacetamidine acetate) zirconium, triisopropoxy-mono(ethylacetamidine acetate) zirconium, tri-n-butoxy-mono(ethylacetamidine acetate) pin, Tri- or two-butoxy. Mono (ethyl acetamidine acetate) chromium, tri-tertiary butoxy mono(ethylacetamidine acetate) zirconium, diethoxy bis (ethyl acetonitrile) Acid ester) chromium, di-n-propoxy-bis(ethylacetamidine acetate) chromium, diisopropoxy-bis(ethylacetamidine acetate) zirconium, di-n-butoxy-bis (B) Ethyl acetonitrile acetate) zirconium, di-2-butoxy. bis(ethylacetamidine acetate) pin, di-tertiary butoxy-bis(ethylacetamidine acetate) zirconium, monoethoxy Base, tris(ethylacetamidine acetate) ruthenium, mono-n-propoxy-tris(ethylacetate acetate) zirconium, monoisopropoxy-tris(ethylacetate acetate) zirconium, Mono-n-butoxy tris(ethylacetamidine acetate) chromium, mono-s-butoxy-tris(ethylacetamidine acetate) chromium, mono-tertiary butoxy-tris(ethyl acetonitrile Acid esters, cerium, tetrakis(ethylacetamidine acetate) zirconium, mono(ethyl acetonide) tris(ethylacetamidine acetate) zirconium Double (acetonitrile) bis(ethylacetamidine acetate) chromium, tris(acetonitrile) mono(ethylacetamidine acetate) chromium and other chromium chelate compounds; tris(acetonitrile)aluminum, three (Ethylacetamidine acetate) an aluminum chelate compound such as aluminum. Examples of the organic acid include acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, valeric acid, caproic acid, heptanoic acid, caprylic acid, capric acid, capric acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, methylmalonic acid, adipic acid, and the like. Azelaic acid, gallic acid, butyric acid, mellitic acid, arachidonic acid 'shikimic acid, 2-ethylhexanoic acid, oleic acid, stearic acid, linoleum-67- 201144361 acid, linolenic acid, bayberry Acid 'benzoic acid' p-aminobenzoic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, monochloroacetic acid, dichloroacetic acid, trichloroacetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, formic acid, malonic acid, sulfonic acid, phthalic acid, Fumaric acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, and the like. Examples of the inorganic acid include hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, sulfuric acid, hydrofluoric acid, and phosphoric acid. The organic base may, for example, be pyridine, pyrrole, pipe trap, pyrrolidine, piperidine, picoline, trimethylamine, triethylamine, monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, dimethylmonoethanolamine, monomethyldiethanolamine or the like. Ethanolamine, dioxodicyclooctane, dioxodicyclodecane, dioxodicycloundecene, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, and the like. The alkali metal compound may, for example, be sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide. The alkaline earth metal compound may, for example, be barium hydroxide 'calcium hydroxide or the like. Among them, preferred are metal chelate compounds, organic acids and inorganic acids, more preferably titanium chelate compounds and organic acids. The amount of the catalyst to be used is preferably 0.001 part by mass to 1 part by mass, more preferably 0. 001 part by mass to 1 part by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the raw material decane compound. The water added in the synthesis of the [C] other polyorganosiloxane compound may be added intermittently or continuously to the decane compound as a raw material or to a solution in which the decane compound is dissolved in an organic solvent. The catalyst -68- 201144361 may be previously added to the decane compound as a raw material or added to a solution in which the decane compound is dissolved in an organic solvent, or may be dissolved or dispersed in the added water. The reaction temperature in the case of synthesizing [c] other polyorganosiloxane compound is preferably from 0 ° C to 100 ° C, and more preferably from 1 5 ° C to 80 ° C. The reaction time is preferably from 0.5 to 24 hours, more preferably from 1 to 8 hours. [Content ratio of other polymer] When the liquid crystal alignment agent contains another polymer, the content ratio of the other polymer varies depending on the type of the other polymer, but is relative to 1 part by mass of the [A] polyorganoindene. The oxyalkyl compound is preferably 10 parts by mass or less. When the liquid crystal alignment agent contains the [B] polymer, the total content of the polyamic acid and the polyamidimide is preferably 1 part by mass based on 1 part by mass of the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound. 200 parts by mass to 5,000 parts by mass. When the liquid crystal alignment agent contains [C] other polyorganosiloxane, the content of the other polyorganosiloxane compound as [C] is preferably 1 part by mass based on the polyorganosiloxane. 100 parts by mass to 2,000 parts by mass. When the liquid crystal alignment agent contains another polymer, the type 'as another polymer' is preferably [B] polymer or [C] other polyorganosiloxane, more preferably [B] polymer. &lt;Optional component&gt;. Examples of the optional component include a curing agent, a curing catalyst, a curing accelerator, and a compound having at least one epoxy group in the molecule (hereinafter referred to as "epoxy compound") , functional decane compound, interface -69- 201144361 active agent, and the like. Hereinafter, these optional components will be described in detail. [Curing Agent, Curing Catalyst, and Curing Accelerator] In order to make the crosslinking reaction of the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound more robust, a curing agent and a curing catalyst may be contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent. Further, in order to promote the curing reaction controlled by the curing agent, the above-mentioned curing accelerator may be contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent. As the curing agent, a curing agent which is usually used for curing a curable compound having an epoxy group or a curable composition containing a compound having an epoxy group can be used, and examples thereof include a polyamine, a polycarboxylic acid anhydride, and a polycarboxylic acid. Acid, etc. The polycarboxylic acid anhydride may, for example, be an anhydride of cyclohexanetricarboxylic acid or another polyvalent carboxylic acid anhydride. Examples of the cyclohexane tricarboxylic anhydride include cyclohexane-1,2,4-tricarboxylic acid, cyclohexane-1,3,5-tricarboxylic acid, and cyclohexane-1,2,3·3. Carboxylic acid, cyclohexane-1,3,4-tricarboxylic acid-3,4-anhydride, cyclohexane-1,3,5-tricarboxylic acid-3,5-anhydride, cyclohexane-1,2 , 3-tricarboxylic acid-2,3-anhydride, and the like. Examples of the other polycarboxylic acid anhydride include 4-methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride and methyl nadic anhydride; dodecenyl succinic anhydride, succinic anhydride, maleic anhydride, and phthalic acid. An acid anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, and a tetracarboxylic dianhydride which is generally used for the synthesis of poly-proline, and examples thereof include an alicyclic compound having a conjugated double bond such as α-terpinene or allo-ocimene. Diels Alder reaction products of maleic anhydride, their hydrides, and the like. The use ratio of the curing agent is preferably 100 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the [A] polyorgan-70-201144361 oxalate compound. The curing catalyst may, for example, be a ruthenium hexafluoride compound, a phosphorus hexafluoride compound or aluminum triacetin acetate. The ratio of use as the curing catalyst is 'with respect to 100 parts by mass [AJ polyorganosiloxane compound, preferably 2 parts by mass or less. As the hardening accelerator, for example, an imidazole compound; a quaternary phosphorus compound; a quaternary amine compound; a 1,2 - diindole bicyclo [5.4.0] undecene-7 or an organic acid salt thereof An organic metal compound such as zinc octoate, tin octylate or aluminum acetonitrile acetate complex; boron compound such as boron trifluoride or triphenyl borate; metal halide such as zinc chloride or tin chloride a high-melting-point-dispersion latent hardening accelerator such as an amine addition-forming accelerator such as an amine diamine, an amine-epoxy resin addition agent; a microcapsule coated with a surface of a fourth-order iron salt or the like by a polymer Type of latent hardening accelerator; amine salt type latent hardening accelerator; pyrolysis type thermal cation polymerization latent hardening accelerator such as Lewis acid salt or Bronsted acid salt. The use ratio of the curing accelerator is preferably 1 part by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the [A] poly-71 - 201144361 organic siloxane. [Epoxy compound] In order to further improve the adhesion of the formed liquid crystal alignment film to the surface of the substrate, an epoxy compound may be contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent. Examples of the epoxy compound include ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, tripropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, and neopentyl glycol. Glycidyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, glycerol diglycidyl ether, 2,2-dibromoneopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,3,5,6-tetraglycidyl Base-2,4-hexanediol, hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine, Ν' tetraglycidyl-m-xylylenediamine, 1,3-bis(indole, hydrazine-diglycidylaminomethyl) ring Hexane, hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine, Ν'-tetraglycidyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, hydrazine, hydrazine-diglycidyl-benzylamine, hydrazine, hydrazine - condensed water Glyceryl-aminomethylcyclohexane or the like. The content ratio of the epoxy compound is preferably 40 parts by mass or less, more preferably 0.1 parts by mass to 30 parts by mass based on 1 part by mass of the total of the [poly]organosiloxane compound and any other polymer contained therein. Parts by mass. Further, when the liquid crystal alignment agent contains an epoxy compound, a base catalyst such as 1-benzyl-2-methylimidazole may be used in combination in order to effectively cause a crosslinking reaction. [Functional Sandane Compound] The above-mentioned functional decane compound can be used in order to improve the adhesion of the formed liquid crystal alignment film to the surface of the substrate. The functional decane compound may, for example, be 3-aminopropyltris-72- 201144361 methoxydecane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxydecane, 2-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, 2- Aminopropyltriethoxydecane, Ν-(2.Aminoethyl)-3.Aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, Ν-(2-aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyl Dimethoxy decane, 3-decyl propyl trimethoxy decane, 3- ureido propyl triethoxy decane, hydrazine-ethoxycarbonyl-3-aminopropyl trimethoxy decane, Ν-ethoxycarbonyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxydecane, Ν-triethoxycarbenylpropyltriethylenetriamine, Ν_trimethoxyformamidopropyltriethylenetriene Amine, 10-trimethoxycarbamimidyl-1,4,7-triazadecane, 10-triethoxycarbamido-1,4,7-triazadecane, 9-trimethoxy Methanealkyl-3,6-diazaindolyl acetate, 9-triethoxycarbamido-3,6-diazadecyl acetate, Ν-benzyl-3-aminopropyl Trimethoxy decane, Ν-benzyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxy decane, fluorenyl-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxy decane, hydrazine- Phenyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxydecane, anthracene-bis(oxyethylidene)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, anthracene-bis(oxyethylene)-3- Aminopropyltriethoxydecane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxydecane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane, tetracarboxylic dianhydride and In addition to the reactants of the amino group-containing decane compound, the reaction product of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the decane compound having an amine group described in JP-A-63-29 1 922 can be mentioned. The content ratio of the functional decane compound is preferably 1 part by mass or less, more preferably 50 parts by mass or less, more preferably 20 parts by mass, based on the total mass of the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound and any other polymer contained therein. the following. [Surfactant] -73- 201144361 As the surfactant, for example, a nonionic interface active anionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an amphoteric interfacial polyoxyalkylene surfactant, a polyoxyalkylene surfactant, or the like Fluorine agent, etc. The use ratio of the surfactant is preferably ίο parts by mass or less, more preferably 1 or less, based on 1 part by mass of the total of the liquid crystal. &lt;Preparation method of liquid crystal alignment agent&gt; As described above, the liquid crystal alignment agent contains [A] polyorganosiloxane as an essential component, and if necessary, other components, and a solution in which each component is dissolved in an organic solvent The composition is carried out as an organic solvent, preferably dissolved in [A] polyorganooxime and any other component used arbitrarily, and does not react with them to be preferably organic for the liquid crystal alignment agent. The solvent varies depending on the type of other polymers present. As the liquid crystal alignment agent, it contains [A] polyorganooxane compound! A preferred organic solvent for the polymer is an organic solvent exemplified as the solvent used in the polyamine. These organic solvents may be used or used in combination of two or more. On the other hand, as the liquid crystal alignment agent, only the [A] polyorganic compound is contained as a polymer or a preferred organic solvent containing [A] polyorganosiloxane compound: other polyorganosiloxane compound, for example, The mass fraction of 1-ethoxy-2-propanol, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomer, agent, and interfacial agent is preferably used as a compound. Any content (3⁄4 and [B] acid synthesis with a single oxime kiss and [C] can be listed. Dipropyl ether, -74- 201144361 propylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monoacetate 'dipropylene glycol methyl ether, dipropylene glycol ether 'Dipropylene glycol propyl ether, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether' ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether (butyl sulphide), ethylene glycol single Pentyl Ether, Ethylene Glycol Monohexyl Ether, Diethylene Glycol, Methyl Ceracetate, Ethyl Ceracetate, Propyl Sebacin, Butyl Cyanoacetate , methyl carbitol, ethyl carbitol, propyl carbitol, butyl carbitol, n-propyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, secondary butyl acetate , n-amyl acetate, diethyl amyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl amyl acetate, 2-ethylbutyl acetate, 2-ethylhexyl acetate, benzyl acetate, n-hexyl acetate , cyclohexyl acetate, octyl acetate, amyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, etc. Among them, preferred is n-propyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, n-butyl acetate 'isobutyl acetate, Secondary butyl acetate, n-amyl acetate, pentyl acetate, etc. A solvent which can be used for preparing the liquid crystal alignment agent can be used according to the presence or absence of other polymers and the type of the polymer. It is obtained by using one or a combination of two or more kinds of such a solvent. In the preferred solid concentration of the following, the components contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent are not precipitated, and the surface tension of the liquid crystal alignment agent is 25 mN/m. The range of ~40 mN/m. The solid content concentration of the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention, that is, the ratio of the mass of all components other than the solvent in the liquid crystal alignment agent to the total mass of the liquid crystal alignment agent, considering viscosity, volatility, etc. It is preferable that it is 1% by mass to 10% by mass. When the solid content concentration is less than 1% by mass, the amount of the liquid crystal alignment film formed by the liquid crystal alignment agent is too small to be obtained. In the case of the liquid crystal alignment film, when the solid content concentration exceeds 10% by mass, the coating film thickness is too large to obtain a good liquid crystal alignment film. Further, the viscosity of the liquid crystal alignment agent is increased to cause insufficient coating properties. The preferred range of solid content concentration differs depending on the method used to apply the liquid crystal alignment agent to the substrate. For example, when a spin coating method is used The solid content concentration range is preferably 1.5% by mass to 4.5% by mass. When the printing method is employed, the solid content concentration is preferably in the range of 3% by mass to 9% by mass, and thus the solution viscosity is in the range of 12 mPa_s to 50 mPa_s. When the ink jet method is employed, the solid content concentration is preferably in the range of 1% by mass to 5% by mass, and thus the solution viscosity is in the range of 3 mPa·s to 15 mPa·s. The temperature at which the liquid crystal alignment agent is prepared is It is preferably 〇 ° C to 200 ° C, and more preferably 10 ° C to 60 ° C. &lt;Liquid crystal alignment film and method of forming the same&gt; A liquid crystal alignment film formed of the liquid crystal alignment agent is also suitably included in the present invention. As a method of forming a liquid crystal alignment film using the liquid crystal alignment agent, the structure having the liquid crystal alignment ability of [B] in the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound does not contain the above-mentioned formula (the structural unit represented by Β-υ) (Hereinafter, the formation method in this case is referred to as "formation method (i)"), and the structure having the liquid crystal alignment capability includes the structural unit represented by the above formula (B_丨) (hereinafter, in the case of The formation method is differently referred to as "formation method (11)). The following describes the formation methods (i) and (ii) in detail. [Formation method (i)] -76- 201144361 First, two sheets are patterned. The base of the transparent conductive film is a pair, and the alignment agent is applied to the surface of each of the transparent conductive films by, for example, a roll coating method, a spin coating method, a printing method, or an appropriate inkjet coating method. The surface is pre-heated (pre-baked), followed by firing (post-baking) to form a coating film. As a pre-baking condition, for example, 0.1 to 5 minutes at $ ° C to 120 ° C. The conditions are preferably between 120 ° C and 300 ° C. It is preferably from 5 minutes to 200 minutes at 150 ° C to 250 ° C, more preferably from 10 minutes to 100 minutes after baking, preferably 〇.〇〇l//m~1 /im, more preferably 0.005 /zm~0.5. #m. Examples of the substrate include glass substrates such as float glass and sodium glass, polyethylene terephthalate, and polyparaphenylene terephthalate. Examples of the transparent substrate such as a transparent substrate of a plastic substrate such as a polyether oxime or a polycarbonate include an ITO film containing In2〇3-Sn〇2 of a NESA film containing Sn〇2, and the like. For example, a photolithography method or a method of forming a transparent conductive photomask can be used. When the liquid crystal alignment agent is applied, in order to improve the adhesion of the substrate or the transparent conductive film, the substrate and the transparent layer can be used in advance. Conductive film cloth functional decane compound, titanate compound, etc. When the liquid crystal alignment agent is used to form a liquid crystal alignment film for vertical alignment type liquid crystal display, the coating film formed as described above can be directly perpendicularly aligned liquid crystal display Liquid crystal alignment film for components, can also be The liquid crystal such as the plate method is preferably ί 40 , preferably used as the butyl lanthanum silicate, the film containing the film, and the coated component is used as the coating surface of the coating - 77- 201144361. When the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is used for forming a liquid crystal alignment film for a level-aligned liquid crystal display device, a liquid crystal alignment film can be formed by performing a polishing treatment on the coating film formed as described above. It is carried out by using a roll which is wound with a cloth formed of a fiber such as nylon or rayon 'cotton, etc., in a certain direction. Here, for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 6-222366, 曰本特平In the case of the liquid crystal alignment film, a part of the liquid crystal alignment film is irradiated with ultraviolet rays to perform a process of changing the pretilt angle, or as described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 5 No. Hei 7 544. Thus, 'by forming a photoresist film on a portion of the surface of the formed liquid crystal alignment film, 'in the direction different from the previous polishing process Processing 'resist film is then removed, with the liquid crystal alignment having different processing capabilities on each of the liquid crystal film region, which can improve the resulting standard vision characteristic of the liquid crystal display element. [Formation Method (ii)] The method (ii) for forming a liquid crystal alignment film according to the present invention includes: (1) coating a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a [A] polyorganosiloxane compound on a substrate to form a coating film. Step [The] [A] polyorganosiloxane compound comprises a structure having a liquid crystal alignment ability having a structural unit represented by the above formula (B-1), and (2) a coating film formed by the step (1) At least a portion of the step of illuminating the radiation. -78-201144361 By the method of the present invention using the liquid crystal alignment agent, it is possible to form a liquid crystal alignment film which satisfies the required characteristics such as liquid crystal alignment property, voltage holding ratio and light resistance as a liquid crystal display element in practical use. As the coating film forming step (1), the same steps as in the forming method (the coating film forming step described in the section) can be applied. In the forming method (ii), the step (1) can be formed by (2) Instead of the polishing process described in the forming method (i), at least a part of the coating film is irradiated with radiation to produce a liquid crystal alignment film. As the radiation, it is possible to use linearly or partially polarized radiation or unpolarized radiation. For example, ultraviolet rays and visible rays containing light having a wavelength of 150 nm to 800 nm, and preferably ultraviolet rays containing light having a wavelength of 300 nm to 400 nm may be cited. When the radiation used is linearly polarized or partially polarized, it may be perpendicular to the substrate surface. Irradiation is performed in the direction, and irradiation may be performed from the oblique direction in order to impart the pretilt angle '. Alternatively, these may be combined. When the radiation of the unpolarized light is irradiated, the direction of the irradiation must be an oblique direction. The light source 'may be exemplified by a low pressure mercury lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, a xenon lamp, a metal halide lamp, and an argon gas. The light, the gas lamp, the excimer laser, etc., preferably the ultraviolet light in the wavelength region can be obtained by a method in which the light source is used in combination with, for example, a filter or a diffraction grating. It is preferably U/m2 or more and less than 10'OOOJ/m2, more preferably 10 J/m2 to 3,000 J/m2, and is imparted to a coating film formed of a conventionally known liquid crystal alignment agent by a photo-alignment method. When the liquid crystal alignment agent is used, it is required to have a radiation exposure amount of 1 000,000 or more, and when the liquid crystal alignment agent is used, the radiation irradiation amount at the time of the light alignment method is 3,000 J/m 2 or less. 〇〇〇j/m2 or less, and particularly below 5〇〇j/m2' can also impart good liquid crystal alignment ability and contribute to a reduction in manufacturing cost of the liquid crystal display element. &lt;Liquid Crystal Display Element&gt; A liquid crystal display element including the liquid crystal alignment film is also suitably included in the present invention. Therefore, the liquid crystal display element of the present application including the liquid crystal alignment film formed of the liquid crystal alignment agent can be suitably used for, for example, a timepiece, a portable game machine, a word processor, a notebook computer, a car navigation system, a video camera, or the like. Display devices such as portable information terminals, digital cameras, mobile phones, various displays, and LCD TVs. &lt;Manufacturing Method of Liquid Crystal Display Element&gt; The liquid crystal display element can be produced, for example, as follows. As a first method, it is a conventionally known method in which first, two substrates are disposed opposite to each other with a gap (cell gap), and the respective liquid crystal alignment films are opposed to each other, and the two substrates are sealed using a sealing agent. The peripheral portions are bonded together, and after filling the liquid crystal into the interstitial space defined by the surface of the substrate and the sealant, the injection holes are closed, whereby the liquid crystal cell can be manufactured. The second method is a method called a DropDF (One Drop Fill) method in which, for example, a UV curable seal is applied to a predetermined portion of one of the two substrates on which the liquid crystal alignment film is formed. The material 'drops the liquid crystal on the liquid crystal alignment film surface, and then attaches the other substrate, -80- 201144361 to heat the liquid sealing agent, and the display ball of the cell is crystallized, etc., and the benzene liquid type liquid sterol "c- The methyl group has a negatively-exemplified coupling of the opposite crystals to the opposite direction, and then the entire surface of the substrate is irradiated with ultraviolet rays to be densely cured, whereby the liquid crystal cell can be produced. In the case of any method, the next step is to hope that the liquid crystal cell When the liquid crystal used is at a temperature of an isotropic phase, and then slowly cooled to the chamber to thereby remove the flow alignment when the liquid crystal is filled. Then, by aligning the polarizing plate on the outer surface of the liquid crystal, the liquid crystal element of the present invention can be obtained. Examples of the sealant include, for example, an epoxy resin containing a filler and a curing agent. Examples of the liquid crystal may include, for example, a nematic liquid. In the case of a TN type liquid crystal cell or an STN type liquid crystal cell, a nematic liquid crystal having dielectric anisotropy is preferable. As such a liquid crystal, a liquid crystal such as a biphenyl liquid crystal or a phenyl group may be listed. a cyclohexane liquid crystal, an ester liquid crystal, a triple liquid crystal, a biphenylcyclohexane liquid crystal, a pyrimidine liquid crystal, a dioxane crystal, a bicyclooctane liquid crystal, a cuba liquid crystal, etc. Further, in the epitaxial crystal It is also possible to further add a chiral agent which is sold, for example, as a cholesteric liquid crystal (Merck, 15", ''CB-15") such as cholesteryl chloride, cholesteric vinegar or cholesteryl carbonate; On the other hand, in the case of a vertically aligned liquid crystal cell, a nematic with dielectric anisotropy is preferred. The liquid crystal may be classified into a dicyanobenzene liquid crystal, a helium trap liquid crystal, a Schiff base liquid crystal, an oxygen nitrogen liquid crystal, a biphenyl liquid crystal, a phenylcyclohexane liquid crystal, or the like. - 201144361 As a polarizing plate used for the outer side of the liquid crystal cell, cellulose acetate can be cited. The polarizing plate formed by the polarizing film called "H film" obtained by absorbing iodine and the polarizing film formed by the ruthenium film itself, which is obtained by absorbing iodine, is sandwiched between the protective film. [Examples] The present invention will be described in detail, but the present invention is not limited by the description of the examples. Further, the synthesis of the starting compound and the polymer in the synthesis scheme shown in the following synthesis example is repeated as needed. The necessary amount of the starting compound and the polymer used in the following examples was confirmed. The epoxy equivalent was measured in accordance with the "hydrochloric acid-methyl ethyl ketone method" of JIS C2 105. The solution viscosity (mPa's) was measured using a Ε-type rotary viscometer. In the synthesis example, the solution in which the polymer concentration of the polymer solution was adjusted to 1% by mass was measured. &lt;Synthesis of polyorganosiloxane having epoxy group&gt; [Synthesis Example 1] In a reaction vessel having a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping funnel, and a reflux condenser, '100.Og 2-(3,4) was added. -Epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane, 500 g of methyl isobutyl ketone and 10.0 g of triethylamine, and mixed at room temperature. Then, 100 g of deionized water was dropped from the dropping funnel over 30 minutes, and then mixed under reflux, and reacted at 80 ° C for 6 hours. After completion of the reaction, the organic layer was taken out and washed with a 0.2% by mass aqueous solution of ammonium nitrate until the washed water was neutral. Then, the solvent and water were distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain an organic group having an epoxy group as a viscous transparent liquid. Oxane (EPS). -82- 201144361 1H-NMR analysis of (EPS-1) showed that an epoxy group-based peak with the same theoretical strength was obtained near the chemical shift (6) = 3.2 ppm, thereby confirming that no reaction was produced in the reaction. A side reaction of an epoxy group. (EPS-1) had an Mw of 2,200 and an epoxy equivalent of I86 g/mole. <Synthesis of Compound (A-1-1)&gt; [Synthesis Example 2] The compound (A-iq) was synthesized according to the following synthesis scheme.

在500mL的茄型燒瓶中’加入23.6§2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-羥基哌啶、15.0g 丁二酸酐、200mL吡啶,在80°C下攪拌反 應9小時。反應結束後,在室溫下靜置丨天,析出結晶, 除去溶劑,得到37. lg化合物(A-1-1)的白色結晶。 &lt;具有液晶配向能力的化合物的合成&gt; [合成例3] 根據下述合成示意圖,合成化合物(b-1)。 -83- 201144361Into a 500 mL eggplant type flask, 23.6 § 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-hydroxypiperidine, 15.0 g of succinic anhydride, and 200 mL of pyridine were added, and the reaction was stirred at 80 ° C for 9 hours. After completion of the reaction, the mixture was allowed to stand at room temperature for a day to precipitate crystals, and the solvent was removed to give 37. g of white crystals of compound (A-1-1). &lt;Synthesis of Compound Having Liquid Crystal Alignment Ability&gt; [Synthesis Example 3] The compound (b-1) was synthesized according to the following synthesis scheme. -83- 201144361

HOHO

CH=CH-COOH K2CO3 CgH^BrCH=CH-COOH K2CO3 CgH^Br

NaOH/H20 c5h”一oNaOH/H20 c5h" one o

CH = CH—COOH (b-1) 在1L的茄型燒瓶中,加入82g對羥基桂皮酸、304g 碳酸鉀和400mL N-甲基·2-吡咯啶酮,在室溫下攪拌1小時 後,加入166g 1-溴戊烷,在100°C下攪拌5小時。然後, 在減壓下餾出溶劑。向其中加入48g氫氧化鈉和400mL水, 回流3小時,進行水解反應。反應結束後,用鹽酸中和反 應體系,回收生成的沉澱,並用乙醇進行再結晶,得到80g 化合物(b-1)的白色結晶。 [合成例4] 根據下述合成示意圖合成化合物(b-2)。CH = CH-COOH (b-1) In a 1 L eggplant type flask, 82 g of p-hydroxycinnamic acid, 304 g of potassium carbonate, and 400 mL of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. 166 g of 1-bromopentane was added and stirred at 100 ° C for 5 hours. Then, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. 48 g of sodium hydroxide and 400 mL of water were added thereto, and the mixture was refluxed for 3 hours to carry out a hydrolysis reaction. After completion of the reaction, the reaction system was neutralized with hydrochloric acid, and the resulting precipitate was collected and recrystallized from ethanol to obtain white crystals of 80 g of compound (b-1). [Synthesis Example 4] The compound (b-2) was synthesized according to the following synthesis scheme.

cooch3 C5HnBrCooch3 C5HnBr

NaOH/H2〇NaOH/H2〇

CsHn-OCsHn-O

COOH (b-2、 K2CO3COOH (b-2, K2CO3

CH = CH —COOH C5Hn-〇 SOCI2 K2C03CH = CH —COOH C5Hn-〇 SOCI2 K2C03

CH=CH—COOH (b-2) 在1L的茄型燒瓶中,加入91.3g 4·羥基苯甲酸甲酯、 182.4g碳酸鉀和320mLN -甲基-2-吡咯啶酮,在室溫下攪拌 1小時後,加入9 9.7 g 1 -溴戊烷,在1 〇 〇 °C下攪拌5小時。 -84- 201144361 反應結束後,用水進行再沉澱。接著,向該沉澱中加入48g 氫氧化鈉和400mL水,回流3小時,進行水解反應。反應 結束後,用鹽酸中和,並用乙醇對生成的沉澱進行再結晶, 得到(104g)化合物(b-2’ )的白色結晶。將104g化合物(b-2,) 放入到反應容器中,向其中加入1L亞硫醯氯和770以lN,N-二甲基甲醯胺,在80 °C下攪拌1小時。接著,在減壓下飽 出亞硫醯氯,加入二氯甲烷,用碳酸氫鈉水溶液洗滌,並 用硫酸鎂乾燥,進行濃縮,然後加入四氫呋喃形成溶液。 接著,在與上述不同的一個5L三口燒瓶中,加入74g 4-羥基桂皮酸、138g碳酸鉀、4.8g四丁基銨、500mL四氫呋 喃和1 L水。對該水溶液進行冰水冷卻,並緩慢滴加含有上 述化合物(b-2’ )和亞硫醯氯的反應物的四氫呋喃溶液,再 在攪拌下反應2小時。反應結束後,在反應混合物中加入 鹽酸進行中和,並用乙酸乙酯進行提取,然後用硫酸鎂乾 燥提取液,進行濃縮,然後用乙醇進行再結晶,由此得到 90g化合物(b-2)的白色結晶。 [合成例5] 根據下述合成示意圖合成化合物(b-3)。CH=CH—COOH (b-2) In a 1 L eggplant flask, add 91.3 g of methyl 4-hydroxybenzoate, 182.4 g of potassium carbonate and 320 mL of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, and stir at room temperature. After 1 hour, 9 9.7 g of 1-bromopentane was added and stirred at 1 ° C for 5 hours. -84- 201144361 After the reaction is over, reprecipitate with water. Next, 48 g of sodium hydroxide and 400 mL of water were added to the precipitate, and the mixture was refluxed for 3 hours to carry out a hydrolysis reaction. After completion of the reaction, it was neutralized with hydrochloric acid, and the resulting precipitate was recrystallized from ethanol to give white crystals of (104 g) Compound (b-2'). 104 g of the compound (b-2,) was placed in a reaction vessel, and 1 L of sulfinium chloride and 770 were added thereto with 1 N,N-dimethylformamide, and the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C for 1 hour. Next, thionyl chloride was taken up under reduced pressure, dichloromethane was added, and the mixture was washed with aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate, dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated, and then tetrahydrofuran was added to form a solution. Next, 74 g of 4-hydroxycinnamic acid, 138 g of potassium carbonate, 4.8 g of tetrabutylammonium, 500 mL of tetrahydrofuran and 1 L of water were placed in a separate 5 L three-necked flask. The aqueous solution was cooled with ice water, and a tetrahydrofuran solution containing the reactant of the above compound (b-2') and sulfoxide was slowly added dropwise, followed by a reaction under stirring for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, hydrochloric acid was added to the reaction mixture for neutralization, and extraction was carried out with ethyl acetate, and then the extract was dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated, and then recrystallized from ethanol, whereby 90 g of compound (b-2) was obtained. White crystals. [Synthesis Example 5] The compound (b-3) was synthesized according to the following synthesis scheme.

_ CF3C3He( NaOH/HzO H〇~\ /~C00CH3 -- -CF3C3H6 —〇—/^\_C〇〇H (b-3^) K2C03 ^^ COOH I K2C03_ CF3C3He( NaOH/HzO H〇~\ /~C00CH3 -- -CF3C3H6 —〇—/^\_C〇〇H (b-3^) K2C03 ^^ COOH I K2C03

CF3〇3H6 —0—C \—coo CH=CH—COOH (b-3) -85- 201144361 在1L的茄型燒瓶中,加入82g4 -羥基苯甲酸甲酯、166g 碳酸鉀和400mL N,N-二甲基乙醯胺,在室溫下攪拌1小時 後,加入95g4,4,4-三氟-1·碘丁烷,在室溫下攪拌5小時, 進行反應。反應結束後,用水進行再沉澱。接著,向該沉 澱中加入32g氫氧化鈉和400mL水,回流4小時,進行水 解反應。反應結束後,用鹽酸中和,並用乙醇對生成的沉 殿進行再結晶,得到8 0 g化合物(b - 3 ’)的白色結晶。將化 合物(b-3’ )中的46.4g放入到反應容器中,向其中加入 200mL亞硫醯氯和0.2mL N,N-二甲基甲醯胺,在80°C下攪 拌1小時。接著,在減壓下餾出亞硫醯氯,加入二氯甲烷, 用碳酸氫鈉水溶液洗滌,並用硫酸鎂乾燥,進行濃縮,然 後加入四氫呋喃形成溶液。接著,在與上述不同的一個2L 三口燒瓶中,加入36g 4-羥基桂皮酸、55g碳酸鉀、2.4g 四丁基銨、200mL四氫呋喃和400mL水。對該水溶释+進行 冰水冷卻’並緩慢滴加含有上述化合物(b-3’ )和亞硫醯氯 的反應物的四氫呋喃溶液,再在攪拌下反應2小時。反應 結束後,向反應混合物中加入鹽酸進行中和,並用乙酸乙 酯進行提取,然後用硫酸鎂乾燥提取液,進行濃縮,然後 用乙醇進行再結晶,由此得到3 9 g化合物(b - 3)的白色結晶。 [合成例6 ] 根據下述合成示意圖,合成化合物(b-4)。 -86- 201144361 C5H11CF3〇3H6 —0—C \—coo CH=CH—COOH (b-3) -85- 201144361 In a 1 L eggplant flask, 82 g of methyl 4-hydroxybenzoate, 166 g of potassium carbonate and 400 mL of N,N- were added. After dimethylacetamide was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, 95 g of 4,4,4-trifluoro-1·iodobutane was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours to carry out a reaction. After the reaction was completed, reprecipitation was carried out with water. Next, 32 g of sodium hydroxide and 400 mL of water were added to the precipitate, and the mixture was refluxed for 4 hours to carry out a hydrolysis reaction. After completion of the reaction, it was neutralized with hydrochloric acid, and the resulting precipitate was recrystallized from ethanol to obtain white crystals of 80 g of compound (b - 3 '). 46.4 g of the compound (b-3') was placed in a reaction vessel, and 200 mL of sulfinium chloride and 0.2 mL of N,N-dimethylformamide were added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C for 1 hour. Next, sulphur ruthenium chloride was distilled off under reduced pressure, dichloromethane was added, and the mixture was washed with aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate, dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated, and then tetrahydrofuran was added to form a solution. Next, 36 g of 4-hydroxycinnamic acid, 55 g of potassium carbonate, 2.4 g of tetrabutylammonium, 200 mL of tetrahydrofuran, and 400 mL of water were placed in a separate 2 L three-necked flask. This water-releasing solution was subjected to ice water cooling', and a tetrahydrofuran solution containing the reactant of the above compound (b-3') and sulfoxide was slowly added dropwise, followed by a reaction under stirring for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, hydrochloric acid was added to the reaction mixture for neutralization, and extraction was carried out with ethyl acetate, and then the extract was dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated, and then recrystallized from ethanol, whereby 3 9 g of compound (b - 3 ) was obtained. ) white crystals. [Synthesis Example 6] The compound (b-4) was synthesized according to the following synthesis scheme. -86- 201144361 C5H11

COOH I SOCI2COOH I SOCI2

C5H11 CH=CH—COOH K2C03C5H11 CH=CH—COOH K2C03

•CH=CH—COOH (b-4) 除了在上述合成例4中,使用9.91g 4 -戊基-反式環己 基羧酸代替化合物(b-2’ )外,和合成例4同樣操作,得到 1 3g化合物(b-4)的白色結晶。 [合成例7 ] 根據下述合成示意圖合成化合物(b-5)。• CH=CH—COOH (b-4) The same operation as in Synthesis Example 4 except that in the above Synthesis Example 4, 9.91 g of 4-pentyl-trans cyclohexylcarboxylic acid was used instead of the compound (b-2′). 13 g of a white crystal of the compound (b-4) was obtained. [Synthesis Example 7] The compound (b-5) was synthesized according to the following synthesis scheme.

C5Hn—^ ^ y—CH=CH—COOH (b-5) 在具有回流管、溫度計和氮氣導入管的5 00mL三口燒 瓶中’加入31g化合物(b-5,)、0.23g乙酸鈀、1.2g三(鄰 甲苯基)膦、56mL三乙胺、8.2mL丙烯酸和200mLN,N-二甲 基乙醯胺,並在1 20°C下,在攪拌下反應3小時。反應結束 後,過濾反應混合物,向所得的溶液中加入1 L乙酸乙酯, 並對所得的有機層,依次用稀鹽酸洗滌兩次,用水洗滌3 次。然後用硫酸鎂乾燥有機層,並濃縮、乾固,然後用乙 酸乙酯和四氫呋喃的混合溶劑進行再結晶,由此得到1 5g -87- 201144361 化合物(b-5)的結晶。 [合成例8] 根據下述合成示意圖,合成化合物(b-6)。C5Hn—^ ^ y—CH=CH—COOH (b-5) In a 500 mL three-necked flask equipped with a reflux tube, a thermometer, and a nitrogen inlet tube, '31 g of compound (b-5,), 0.23 g of palladium acetate, 1.2 g were added. Tris(o-tolyl)phosphine, 56 mL of triethylamine, 8.2 mL of acrylic acid and 200 mL of N,N-dimethylacetamide were reacted at 10 ° C for 3 hours with stirring. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was filtered, and 1 L ethyl acetate was added to the obtained mixture, and the obtained organic layer was washed twice with dilute hydrochloric acid and washed three times with water. Then, the organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated, dried, and then recrystallized from a solvent mixture of ethyl acetate and tetrahydrofuran to give crystals of compound (b-5) of 15 g - 87 - 201144361. [Synthesis Example 8] The compound (b-6) was synthesized according to the following synthesis scheme.

除了使用3 6 g化合物(b - 6 ’ )代替化合物(b - 5 ’ )以外, 和上述合成例7同樣操作,得到I6g化合物(b-6)。 [合成例9] 根據下述合成示意圖,合成化合物(b-7)。In the same manner as in the above Synthesis Example 7, except that 3 6 g of the compound (b - 6 ') was used instead of the compound (b - 5 '), I6 g of the compound (b-6) was obtained. [Synthesis Example 9] The compound (b-7) was synthesized according to the following synthesis scheme.

在具有回流管的200mL茄型燒瓶中,加入12g癸基丁 二酸酐、8.2g 4-胺基桂皮酸和l〇〇mL乙酸,在回流下反應 2小時。反應結束後,用乙酸乙酯提取反應混合物,用水 洗滌有機層,並用硫酸鎂乾燥,然後用矽柱進行精製,並 進一步用乙醇和四氫呋喃的混合溶劑進行再結晶,由此得 -88 - 201144361 到10g化合物(b-7)的白色結晶(純度爲98.0%)。 [合成例10] 除了在上述合成例7中,使用28g下述式所表示的化 合物(b-8’ )代替化合物(b-5’ )外,和合成例7同樣操作, 得到1 4 g下述式所表示的化合物(b - 8 )。In a 200 mL eggplant type flask having a reflux tube, 12 g of mercapto succinic anhydride, 8.2 g of 4-aminocinnamic acid and 10 mL of acetic acid were added, and the mixture was reacted under reflux for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, and the organic layer was washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate, and then purified by a column, and further recrystallized from a mixed solvent of ethanol and tetrahydrofuran to obtain -88 - 201144361 10 g of compound (b-7) as white crystals (purity: 98.0%). [Synthesis Example 10] In the same manner as in Synthesis Example 7, except that the compound (b-8') represented by the following formula (28 g) was used instead of the compound (b-5') in the above Synthesis Example 7, The compound (b-8) represented by the formula.

[合成例1 1 ] 根據下述合成示意圖,合成化合物(b-9)。[Synthesis Example 1 1] Compound (b-9) was synthesized according to the following synthesis scheme.

在具有回流管和氮氣導入管的500mL三口燒瓶中,加 入39g沒·膽甾醇、20g 丁二酸酐' i.5g n,N -二甲基胺基吡 啶、2 0 0 m L乙酸乙酯和1 7 m L三乙胺,在回流下反應8小時。 -89- 201144361 反應結束後’向反應混合物中加入200mL四氫呋喃,並對 所得的有機層’依次用1N稀鹽酸洗滌兩次,用水洗滌3 次。並用硫酸鎂乾燥,然後在減壓下除去溶劑,並由乙酸 乙酯對所得的固體進行再結晶,由此得到38g化合物(b-9) 的白色結晶。 &lt;[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物的合成&gt; [合成例12] 在200mL的三口燒瓶中,加入lO.Og(EPS-l)、69.5g甲 基異丁酮、2.77§化合物(八-1-1)(相對於聚有機矽氧烷£?3-1 所具有的環氧基’相當於20莫耳%)、4.60g硬脂酸(相對於 聚有機矽氧烷(EPS-1)所具有的環氧基,相當於30莫耳%) 和1.0 0 g四丁基溴化銨,在1 〇 〇 °C下攪拌8小時,進行反應》 反應結束後,用甲醇進行再沉澱,並將沉澱物溶解在乙酸 乙酯中’得到溶液,並用水對溶液洗滌5次,然後餾出溶 劑,由此得到15.8g作爲白色粉末的[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合 物(S-1)。 [合成例13〜合成例33] 使摻合的化合物的種類和摻合量,分別如表1所示, 並和合成例1 2同樣操作,合成[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物 (S-2)〜(S-22)。 另外,表1中的化合物的使用比例,是相對於(E P S -1) 所具有的環氧基的莫耳%。此外,聚有機矽氧烷 的Mw,一起示於表1。另外,水楊酸、4 -二乙基胺基苯甲 -90- 201144361 酸的結構依次如下所示。In a 500 mL three-necked flask equipped with a reflux tube and a nitrogen inlet tube, 39 g of cholesteric alcohol, 20 g of succinic anhydride 'i.5 g of n,N-dimethylaminopyridine, 200 ml of ethyl acetate and 1 were added. 7 m L of triethylamine was reacted under reflux for 8 hours. -89- 201144361 After the reaction was completed, 200 mL of tetrahydrofuran was added to the reaction mixture, and the obtained organic layer was washed twice with 1 N diluted hydrochloric acid and then washed three times with water. After drying over magnesium sulfate, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the obtained solid was recrystallized from ethyl acetate to afford white crystals of 38 g of compound (b-9). &lt;Synthesis of [A] polyorganomethoxy siloxane compound &gt; [Synthesis Example 12] In a 200 mL three-necked flask, 10.Og (EPS-1), 69.5 g of methyl isobutyl ketone, and 2.77 § compound (eight -1-1) (equivalent to 20 mol% with respect to the polyorganooxane £3-1), 4.60 g of stearic acid (relative to polyorganooxynonane (EPS-1) ) having an epoxy group corresponding to 30 mol%) and 1.0 g of tetrabutylammonium bromide, and stirring at 1 ° C for 8 hours to carry out a reaction. After the reaction is completed, reprecipitation is carried out with methanol. The precipitate was dissolved in ethyl acetate to obtain a solution, and the solution was washed 5 times with water, and then the solvent was distilled off, thereby obtaining 15.8 g of [A] polyorganooxy siloxane compound (S-1) as a white powder. . [Synthesis Example 13 to Synthesis Example 33] The type and blending amount of the compound to be blended were respectively shown in Table 1, and the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound (S-) was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 12. 2) ~ (S-22). Further, the ratio of use of the compound in Table 1 is the molar % of the epoxy group which is contained in (E P S -1). Further, the Mw of the polyorganosiloxane is shown together in Table 1. Further, the structures of salicylic acid and 4-diethylaminobenzazole-90-201144361 acid are as follows.

OHOH

[比較合成例1 ] 在200mL的三口燒瓶中’加入l〇.〇g(EPS-l)、58.4g甲 基異丁酮、4.60g硬脂酸(相對於聚有機矽氧烷EPS-1所具 有的環氧基,相當於30莫耳% )和l.〇〇g四丁基溴化銨’在 1 001下攪拌8小時,進行反應。反應結束後,用甲醇進行 再沉澱,並將沉澱物溶解在乙酸乙酯中得到溶液’用水對 該溶液洗滌5次,然後餾出溶劑,由此得到12.4g作爲白 色粉末的聚有機矽氧烷(CS-1)。 [比較合成例2〜4] 使摻合的化合物的種類和摻合量分別如表1所示’並 和比較合成例1同樣操作,合成聚有機矽氧烷化合物 (CS-2)〜(CS-4)。此外,聚有機矽氧烷(CS-1)〜(CS-4)的1 一起示於表1。 -91 - 201144361 【一撇】 Mw 〇 as 〇 〇 〇\ 〇 § 〇 〇 ON 〇 σΓ 〇 〇 〇 〇 o' Ο ο αΓ Ο οο Ο 宕 Os 〇 〇 oC 〇 &lt;3\ 〇 〇 〇 又 〇\ 〇 〇 o' 〇 〇〇 σΓ Ο Γ-; σ\ Ο ο ο 〇 fN 〇\ 〇 OS 〇 〇\ 〇 〇\ 〇 〇 〇\ 〇 σ\ 〇 〇 〇\ 〇 〇\ 师匕合物 使用比例 (莫耳%) 〇 m ο Ο Ο 沄 沄 種類 硬脂酸 硬脂酸 硬脂酸 正癸氧基苯甲酸 正癸氧基苯甲酸 正癸氧基苯甲酸 -ώ 1 I I 硬脂酸 正癸氧基苯甲酸 X) -ώ to JO m Xi m x&gt; cn Xi X) &lt;N Χι X) 卜 〇〇 Χ&gt; X) m -ώ 化合物(A-3) 使用比例 (莫耳%) 〇 〇 〇 〇 ο ο Ο 〇 〇 〇 ο ο o 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 ο 種類 1 1 4-二乙基胺基苯甲酸 1 1 4-二乙基胺基苯甲酸 I 1 I 4-二乙基胺基苯甲酸 1 1 • I 4-二乙基胺基苯甲酸 i 1 4-二乙基胺基苯甲酸 1 1 1 1 1 1 t I 化合物(A-2) 使用比例 (莫耳%) 〇 〇 〇 〇 ο Ο 〇 〇 〇 〇 ο 〇 〇 Ο 種類 1 水楊酸 1 1 水楊酸 1 水楊酸 1 I水楊酸 I t 1 1 水楊酸 1 1 水楊酸 1 水楊酸 水楊酸 水楊酸 水楊酸 水楊酸 水楊酸 &lt; I 化合物(A-l) 使用比例 (莫耳%) 〇 〇 〇 〇 Ο ο Ο 〇 〇 〇 〇 Ο 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 Ο 種類 A-1-1 1 1 A-1-1 1 1 I Α-1-1 1 1 1 1 1 &lt; 1 1 1 &lt; 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 [A]聚有機矽氧烷 化合物 ζλ CN οό C/1 C/J 00 Γγ 〇〇 (/) 〇\ ζλ |s-i〇 丨 |cs-i 1 | CS-2 I [S-11 1 s-12 1 1 S-13 I S-14 S-15 S-16 S-17 S-18 S-19 S-20 S-21 S-22 CS-3 CS-4 合成例12 合成例13 合成例14 合成例15 合成例16 合成例17 合成例18 合成例19 合成例20 合成例21 比較合成例1 比較合成例2 合成例22 合成例23 合成例24 合成例25 合成例26 合成例27 合成例28 合成例29 合成例30 合成例31 合成例32 合成例33 比較合成例3 比較合成例4 -s- 201144361 &lt;[B]聚合物(聚醯胺酸)的合成&gt; [合成例34] 將作爲四羧酸二酐的196g(1.0莫耳)丨^^‘環丁烷四 羧酸二酐,與作爲二胺的212g(1.0莫耳)2,2,·二甲基_4,4,_ 二胺基聯苯溶解在4,050g NMP中,在4〇t下反應3小時, 得到固體成分濃度爲1〇%、溶液黏度爲l70rnPa.S的聚醯胺 酸溶液(PA-1)。 [合成例35] 將作爲四羧酸二酐的86.3g(0.44莫耳)12,3,4-環丁院 四竣酸二酐和96_0g(0,44莫耳)苯均四酸二酐,與作爲二胺 I. 的191.(^(0.90莫耳)2,2’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯溶解在 l49〇g NMP中,在40°C下反應4小時,然後進—步加入 NMP’得到固體成分濃度爲1〇%、溶液黏度爲43mpa.s的 聚醯胺酸溶液(PA-2)。 &lt;[B]聚合物(聚醯亞胺)的合成&gt; [合成例36] 將作爲四羧酸二酐的20.9g(0.093莫耳)2,3,5 -三殘基 環戊基乙酸二酐’與作爲二胺的9.2 g( 0.085莫耳)對苯二胺 和4.9g(0.009莫耳)下述式(DA)所表示的化合物,溶解在 HOg NMP中,在6(TC下反應4小時,取少量所得的聚醯 胺酸溶液,並加入NMP,得到固體成分濃度爲丨〇%、溶液 黏度爲126mPa.S的聚醯胺酸溶液。接著,向所得的聚醯胺 酸ί谷液中追加325gNMP,並添加7.4gD比n定和9.5g乙酸酐, -93- 201144361 在1 1 (TC下進行4小時脫水閉環。脫水閉環反應後,用新 的NMP對體系內的溶劑進行溶劑置換,得到約2丨0g含有 16.1重量%醯亞胺化率約爲η%的聚醯亞胺(ρι_υ的溶 液。取少量所得的聚醯亞胺溶液,加入ΝΜρ,使固體成分 濃度爲1 〇 % ’其測定的溶液黏度爲7 5 m P a. s。[Comparative Synthesis Example 1] In a 200 mL three-necked flask, '1 〇g (EPS-1), 58.4 g of methyl isobutyl ketone, 4.60 g of stearic acid (relative to polyorganooxy oxane EPS-1) was added. The epoxy group having an epoxy group equivalent to 30 mol%) and 1.0 g of tetrabutylammonium bromide were stirred at 1,001 for 8 hours to carry out a reaction. After completion of the reaction, reprecipitation was carried out with methanol, and the precipitate was dissolved in ethyl acetate to obtain a solution. The solution was washed 5 times with water, and then the solvent was distilled off, thereby obtaining 12.4 g of a polyorganooxane as a white powder. (CS-1). [Comparative Synthesis Examples 2 to 4] The types and blending amounts of the blended compounds were as shown in Table 1 and the same procedure as in Comparative Synthesis Example 1 was carried out to synthesize a polyorganosiloxane compound (CS-2) to (CS). -4). Further, 1 of polyorganosiloxane (CS-1) to (CS-4) is shown together in Table 1. -91 - 201144361 [一撇] Mw 〇as 〇〇〇\ 〇§ 〇〇ON 〇σΓ 〇〇〇〇o' Ο ο αΓ Ο οο Ο 宕Os 〇〇oC 〇&lt;3\ 〇〇〇又〇\ 〇〇o' 〇〇〇σΓ Ο Γ-; σ\ Ο ο ο 〇fN 〇\ 〇OS 〇〇\ 〇〇\ 〇〇〇\ 〇σ\ 〇〇〇\ 〇〇\ Teacher composition ratio (莫m%) 〇m ο Ο Ο 沄沄 kind of stearic acid stearic acid stearic acid n-oxybenzoic acid n-nonyloxybenzoic acid n-oxybenzoic acid-ώ 1 II stearic acid n-decyloxy Benzoic acid X) -ώ to JO m Xi m x&gt; cn Xi X) &lt;N Χι X) 〇〇Χ 〇〇Χ&gt; X) m -ώ Compound (A-3) Use ratio (% by mole) 〇〇〇〇 ο ο Ο 〇〇〇ο ο o 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇ο Species 1 1 4-Diethylaminobenzoic acid 1 1 4-diethylaminobenzoic acid I 1 I 4-diethylamino Benzoic acid 1 1 • I 4-diethylaminobenzoic acid i 1 4-diethylaminobenzoic acid 1 1 1 1 1 1 t I Compound (A-2) Use ratio (mol%) 〇〇〇 〇ο Ο 〇〇〇〇 ο 种类 Category 1 Salicylic acid 1 1 Salicylic acid 1 Salicylic acid 1 I Salicylic acid I t 1 1 Salicylic acid 1 1 Salicylic acid Salicylic acid Salicylic acid Salicylic acid Salicylic acid Salicylic acid Acid salicylic acid &lt; I compound (Al) ratio (mol%) 〇〇〇〇Ο ο Ο 〇〇〇〇Ο 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇Ο type A-1-1 1 1 A-1 -1 1 1 I Α-1-1 1 1 1 1 1 &lt; 1 1 1 &lt; 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 [A] polyorganosiloxane compound ζλ CN οό C/1 C/J 00 Γγ 〇〇(/) 〇\ ζλ |si〇丨|cs-i 1 | CS-2 I [S-11 1 s-12 1 1 S-13 I S-14 S-15 S-16 S-17 S-18 S-19 S-20 S-21 S-22 CS-3 CS-4 Synthesis Example 12 Synthesis Example 13 Synthesis Example 14 Synthesis Example 15 Synthesis Example 16 Synthesis Example 17 Synthesis Example 18 Synthesis Example 19 Synthesis Example 20 Synthesis Example 21 Comparative Synthesis Example 1 Comparative Synthesis Example 2 Synthesis Example 22 Synthesis Example 23 Synthesis Example 24 Synthesis Example 25 Synthesis Example 26 Synthesis Example 27 Synthesis Example 28 Synthesis Example 29 Synthesis Example 30 Synthesis Example 31 Synthesis Example 32 Synthesis Example 33 Comparison Synthesis Example 3 Comparison Synthesis Example 4 - s - 201144361 &lt; Synthesis of [B] polymer (polyproline) &gt; [Synthesis Example 34] 196 g (1.0 mol) of carboxylic acid dianhydride, cyclobutane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, and 212 g (1.0 mol) of 2,2, dimethyl _4, 4, _ as diamine The aminobiphenyl was dissolved in 4,050 g of NMP, and reacted at 4 Torr for 3 hours to obtain a polyaminic acid solution (PA-1) having a solid concentration of 1% by weight and a solution viscosity of 170 rnPa.s. [Synthesis Example 35] 86.3 g (0.44 mol) of 12,3,4-cyclobutanine tetradecanoic acid dianhydride and 96_0 g (0,44 mol) of pyromellitic dianhydride were used as the tetracarboxylic dianhydride. And 191. (^(0.90 mol) 2,2'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl as diamine I. was dissolved in l49 g of NMP and reacted at 40 ° C. 4 Hours, then stepwise addition of NMP' to obtain a polyaminic acid solution (PA-2) having a solid concentration of 1% by weight and a solution viscosity of 43 mPa.s. &lt;[B] Polymer (polyimine) Synthesis &gt; [Synthesis Example 36] 20.9 g (0.093 mol) of 2,3,5-trisole cyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride as tetracarboxylic dianhydride and 9.2 g (0.085 mol) as diamine P-phenylenediamine and 4.9 g (0.009 mol) of the compound represented by the following formula (DA), dissolved in HOg NMP, reacted at 6 (TC for 4 hours, a small amount of the obtained polyaminic acid solution, and NMP was added to obtain a polyaminic acid solution having a solid concentration of 丨〇% and a solution viscosity of 126 mPa·s. Then, 325 g of NMP was added to the obtained polyglycolate gluten solution, and 7.4 g of D ratio and 9.5 were added. g acetic anhydride, -93- 201144361 For 4 hours dehydration ring closure at 1 1 (TC). After the water ring closure reaction, the solvent in the system was replaced with a new NMP solvent to obtain about 2 g of a solution containing 16.1% by weight of a polyamidimide having a ruthenium iodide ratio of about η%. The polyimine solution was added to ΝΜρ to give a solid concentration of 1%%. The measured solution viscosity was 7 5 m P a.s.

[合成例37] 將作爲四羧酸二酐的20.0g(0.08 9莫耳)2,3,5_三羧基 環戊基乙酸二酐’與作爲二胺的6.8g(0.063莫耳)對苯二 胺、3.6g(0.018莫耳)4,4,_二胺基二苯基甲烷和4.7g(0.0090 莫耳)上述式(da)所表示的化合物,溶解在M()g NMP中, 在60°C下反應4小時,得到固體成分濃度爲2〇%、溶液黏 度爲2,200mPa’s的聚醯胺酸溶液。接著,向所得的聚醯胺 酸溶液中追加325gNMP,並添加10.5g吡啶和i3.6g乙酸 酐,在Π 0°C下進行4小時脫水閉環反應。脫水閉環反應 後,用新的NMP對體系內的溶液進行溶劑置換,得到約 1 6 0 g醯亞胺化率約爲6 5 %的聚醯亞胺(P I - 2)的溶液(固體成 分濃度爲20%)。 -94- 201144361 [合成例38] 將作爲四羧酸二酐的19.2g(0.086莫耳)2,3,5_三殘基 環戊基乙酸二酐,與作爲二胺的5.2g(0.034莫耳)3 5 -二胺 基苯甲酸和25.5 g(0.〇52莫耳)下述式所表示的二胺,溶解 在200gNMP中’在60°C下反應4小時,得到固體成分濃 度爲20%、溶液黏度爲l,450mPa.s的聚醯胺酸溶液。接著, 向所得的聚釀S女酸溶液中追加250gNMP,並添加i〇.2g[]比 啶和13.2g乙酸酐,在U〇°C下進行4小時脫水閉環反應。 脫水閉環反應後’用新的NMP對體系內的溶液進行溶劑置 換,得到約2 3 0g含有20重量%醯亞胺化率約爲67%的聚 醯亞胺(PI-3)的溶液。[Synthesis Example 37] 20.0 g (0.08 9 mol) of 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride as tetracarboxylic dianhydride and 6.8 g (0.063 mol) of benzene as a diamine Diamine, 3.6 g (0.018 mol) of 4,4,-diaminodiphenylmethane and 4.7 g (0.0090 mol) of the compound represented by the above formula (da), dissolved in M()g NMP, The reaction was carried out at 60 ° C for 4 hours to obtain a polyaminic acid solution having a solid concentration of 2% by weight and a solution viscosity of 2,200 mPa's. Next, 325 g of NMP was added to the obtained polyamic acid solution, and 10.5 g of pyridine and i3.6 g of acetic anhydride were added, and a dehydration ring-closure reaction was carried out for 4 hours at Π 0 °C. After the dehydration ring closure reaction, the solution in the system was replaced with a new NMP solvent to obtain a solution of about 1 600 g of polyamidimide (PI-2) having a ruthenium iodide ratio of about 65 % (solid content concentration). 20%). -94- 201144361 [Synthesis Example 38] 19.2 g (0.086 mol) of 2,3,5-tris(cyclo)cyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride as tetracarboxylic dianhydride, and 5.2 g (0.034 mol) as a diamine 3)diaminebenzoic acid and 25.5 g (0. 52 mol) of the diamine represented by the following formula, dissolved in 200 g of NMP and reacted at 60 ° C for 4 hours to obtain a solid concentration of 20 %, solution viscosity of 1,450 mPa.s poly-proline solution. Next, 250 g of NMP was added to the obtained polymerized S-acid solution, and i.2 g of []pyridine and 13.2 g of acetic anhydride were added, and a dehydration ring-closure reaction was carried out for 4 hours at U °C. After the dehydration ring closure reaction, the solution in the system was subjected to solvent replacement with a new NMP to obtain a solution of about 280 g of a polyimine (PI-3) containing 20% by weight of a ruthenium iodide ratio of about 67%.

&lt;[C]其他的聚有機矽氧烷化合物的合成&gt; [合成例39] 在具有冷凝管的200mL三口燒瓶中’加入2〇.8g四乙 氧基矽烷和28.2g 1-乙氧基-2-丙醇,加熱至60°C並攪拌》 向其中加入在容量爲20mL的其他燒瓶中所調製的〇.26g 馬來酸酐溶解在1 0.8 g水中所得的馬來酸酐水溶液’再在 6〇°C下攪拌4小時,進行反應。反應結束後’從所得的反 -95- 201144361 應混合物中餾出溶劑’向殘存物中加入1-乙氧基-2-丙醇’ 再次濃縮,由此得到固體成分濃度爲1 〇%的聚有機矽氧烷 (PS-1)溶液。Mw 爲 5,1〇〇。 &lt;液晶配向劑的調製&gt; [實施例1] 將100質量份聚有機矽氧烷(S-1)、和換算爲聚醯胺酸 (PA-1)相當於1,000質量份的含有聚醯胺酸(PA-1)的溶液 混合在一起,並向其中加入NMP和乙二醇單正丁醚,形成 溶劑組成爲NMP :乙二醇單正丁醚=50 ·· 50(質量比)、固體 成分濃度爲3.0質量%的溶液。使用孔徑爲1 μ m的過濾器 過濾該溶液,調製液晶配向劑(AF-1 ),將其作爲實施例1。 [實施例2〜39和比較例1~7] 使摻合的混合物的種類和使用量分別如後述的表2所 示,並和實施例 1同樣操作,調製液晶配向劑 (AF-2)~(AF-39)以及(CAF-1)〜(CAF-7),將它們作爲實施例 2〜39、比較例1~7。 &lt;保存穩定性&gt; 對於上述各液晶配向劑,按照下述的(方法1)或(方法 2)評價保存穩定性。結果示於表2 » (方法1) 使用旋塗法,並以旋轉數爲變數,將液晶配向劑 (AF-1)~(AF-12)以及(CAF-1)〜(CAF-3)塗布在玻璃基板 上,接著在20(TC下加熱60分鐘,由此形成塗膜,調查使 -96- 201144361 除去溶劑後的塗膜膜厚爲ΙοοοΑ的旋轉數。接著,取上述 液晶配向劑的一部分’將其在_15°c下保存5週。目視觀察 保存後的液晶配向劑,在觀察到不溶物析出時評價爲保存 穩定性“不好”。在保存5週後未觀察到不溶物時,進— 步藉由旋塗法,並以保存前膜厚爲U000A的旋轉數,將保 存後的液晶配向劑塗布在玻璃基板上’接著在2 〇 〇 t:下加 熱60分鐘,形成塗膜,測定除去溶劑後的膜厚。當該膜厚 由1,00〇A變化了 10%以上時,評價爲保存穩定性“不 好”,當膜厚的變化不到1 〇%時,評價爲保存穩定性“良 好”。另外,上述塗膜膜厚的測定,使用 KLA-Tencor公 司製造的觸針式段差膜厚計進行。 (方法2) 將液晶配向劑(AF-13)〜(AF-39)以及(CAF-4)〜(CAF-7) 在-15 °C下保管6個月。在保管前後,使用E型黏度計在 2 5 °C下測定黏度。當溶液黏度在保管前後的變化率不到 1 0%時,評價爲保存穩定性“良好”,當其爲1 〇%以上時’ 評價爲保存穩定性“不好”。 -97- 201144361 [表2] 液晶配向劑 組成 評價 [A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物 其1 也聚合物 保存穩定性 種類 量(質量份) 種類 量(質量份) 方法 評價 實施例1 AF-1 S-1 100 PA4 1,000 1 良 實施例2 AF-2 S-2 100 PA-1 1,000 1 良 實施例3 AF-3 S-3 100 PA-1 1,000 1 良 實施例4 AF-4 S-4 100 PA-1 1,000 1 良 實施例5 AF-5 S-5 100 PA-1 1,000 1 良 實施例6 AF-6 S-6 100 PA-1 1,000 1 良 實施例7 AF-7 S-1 100 PS-1 1,000 1 良 實施例8 AF-8 S-7 100 PI-1 2,000 1 良 實施例9 AF-9 S-7 100 PA-1 2,000 1 良 實施例10 AF-10 S-8 100 PI-1 1,000 1 良 實施例11 AF-11 S-9 100 PI-1 1,000 1 良 實施例12 AF-12 ' S-10 100 PI-1 1,000 1 良 比較例1 CAF-1 CS-1 100 PA-1 1,000 1 良 比較例2 CAF-2 CS-2 100 PA-1 1,000 1 良 比較例3 CAF-3 - - PI-1 1,000 1 良 實施例13 AF-13 S-11 100 PA-1 2,000 2 良 實施例14 AF-14 S-12 100 PA-1 2,000 2 良 實施例15 AF-15 S-13 100 PA-1 2,000 2 良 實施例16 AF-16 S-14 100 PA-1 2,000 2 良 實施例17 AF-17 S-15 100 PA-1 2,000 2 良 實施例18 AF-18 S-16 100 PA-1 2,000 2 良 實施例19 AF-19 S-17 100 PS-1 2,000 2 良 實施例20 AF-20 S-18 100 PA-1 2,000 2 良 實施例21 AF-21 S-19 100 PA-1 2,000 2 良 實施例22 AF-22 S-20 100 PA-1 2,000 2 良 實施例23 AF-23 S-21 100 PA-1 2,000 2 良 實施例24 AF-24 S-22 100 PA-1 2,000 2 良 實施例25 AF-25 S-11 100 PI-1 2,000 2 良 實施例26 AF-26 S-12 100 PI-1 2,000 2 良 實施例27 AF-27 S-13 100 PI-1 2,000 2 良 實施例28 AF-28 S-14 100 PI-1 2,000 2 良 實施例29 AF-29 S-15 100 PI-1 2,000 2 良 實施例30 AF-30 S-16 100 PI-1 2,000 2 良 實施例31 AF-31 S-17 100 PI-1 2,000 2 良 實施例32 AF-32 S-18 100 PI-1 2,000 2 良 實施例33 AF-33 S-19 100 PI-1 2,000 2 良 實施例34 AF-34 S-20 100 PI-1 2,000 2 良 實施例35 AF-35 S-21 100 PM 2,000 2 良 實施例36 AF-36 S-22 100 PI-1 2,000 2 良 實施例37 AF-37 S-12 100 PA-2 2,000 2 良 實施例38 AF-38 S-12 100 PI-2 2,000 2 良 實施例39 AF-39 S-12 100 PI-3 2,000 2 良 比較例4 CAF-4 CS-1 100 PA-1 2,000 2 良 比較例5 CAF-5 CS-2 100 PA-1 2,000 2 良 比較例6 CAF-6 CS-3 100 PI-1 2,000 2 良 比較例7 CAF-7 CS-4 100 PI-1 2,000 2 良 -98- 201144361 &lt;液晶顯示元件的製造&gt; [實施例40] 使用旋塗機將液晶配向劑(AF-1 )塗布在具有由ITO膜 所形成的透明電極的玻璃基板的透明電極面上,並在8 0 °C 的熱板上預烘烤1分鐘’然後在進行了氮氣置換的烘箱 中,在200°C下加熱1小時’除去溶劑,形成膜厚爲Ο.ίμηι 的塗膜。重複該操作,製作一對(兩片)具有液晶配向膜的 基板。藉由絲網印刷,在上述一片基板中具有液晶配向膜 的面的外周塗布加入了直徑爲5.5μπι的氧化鋁球的環氧樹 脂黏合劑後,將一對基板的液晶配向膜面重疊並壓合,並 在1 5 0 °C下加熱1小時,使黏合劑熱固化。接著,由液晶 注入口向基板的間隙中塡充向列型液晶(Merck公司, M L C - 6 6 0 8 )後,用環氧系黏合劑密封液晶注入口,此外, 爲了消除液晶注入時的流動配向,將其1 5 0 °C下加熱1 0分 鐘後緩慢冷卻至室溫。進一步在基板的外側兩面上貼合偏 光板,使兩片偏光板的偏振光方向彼此正交,由此製造垂 直配向型的液晶顯示元件,將其作爲實施例40。 [實施例4 1〜5 1,比較例8〜1 0 ] 使 用 液 晶 配 向 劑 (AF-2)〜(AF-1 2) 和 (CAF-1)〜(CAF-3),和實施例40同樣操作,製造液晶顯示 元件,將它們作爲實施例4 1〜5 1、比較例8〜1 0。 [實施例52]&lt;[C] Synthesis of other polyorganomethoxy siloxane compound &gt; [Synthesis Example 39] In a 200 mL three-necked flask having a condenser, '2 〇8 g of tetraethoxy decane and 28.2 g of 1-ethoxy group were added. 2-propanol, heated to 60 ° C and stirred" to which was added 〇.26 g of maleic anhydride dissolved in 1 0.8 g of water prepared in another flask having a capacity of 20 mL. The reaction was carried out by stirring at 〇 ° C for 4 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the solvent was distilled from the obtained anti-95-201144361 mixture, and 1-ethoxy-2-propanol was added to the residue to concentrate again, thereby obtaining a solid having a solid concentration of 1% by weight. Organic oxirane (PS-1) solution. Mw is 5,1〇〇. &lt;Preparation of liquid crystal alignment agent&gt; [Example 1] The content of 100 parts by mass of polyorganosiloxane (S-1) and the amount of polyglycine (PA-1) equivalent to 1,000 parts by mass A solution of poly-proline (PA-1) is mixed together, and NMP and ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether are added thereto to form a solvent composition of NMP: ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether = 50 · · 50 (mass ratio A solution having a solid concentration of 3.0% by mass. This solution was filtered using a filter having a pore size of 1 μm to prepare a liquid crystal alignment agent (AF-1), which was referred to as Example 1. [Examples 2 to 39 and Comparative Examples 1 to 7] The types and amounts of the blended mixture were adjusted as shown in Table 2 below, and the liquid crystal alignment agent (AF-2) was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1. (AF-39) and (CAF-1) to (CAF-7), which were used as Examples 2 to 39 and Comparative Examples 1 to 7. &lt;Storage Stability&gt; With respect to each of the above liquid crystal alignment agents, storage stability was evaluated by the following (Method 1) or (Method 2). The results are shown in Table 2 » (Method 1) Using a spin coating method and coating the liquid crystal alignment agents (AF-1) to (AF-12) and (CAF-1) to (CAF-3) with the number of rotations as a variable. On the glass substrate, a coating film was formed by heating at 20 (TC for 60 minutes), and the film thickness of the coating film after removing the solvent from -96 to 201144361 was investigated. Then, a part of the liquid crystal alignment agent was taken. 'They were stored at -15 ° C for 5 weeks. The liquid crystal alignment agent after storage was visually observed, and when the precipitation of insoluble matter was observed, the storage stability was evaluated as "not good". When insoluble matter was not observed after 5 weeks of storage, , by the spin coating method, and preserving the film thickness of U000A before the film is applied, the deposited liquid crystal alignment agent is coated on the glass substrate, and then heated at 2 〇〇t: for 60 minutes to form a coating film. The film thickness after removal of the solvent was measured. When the film thickness was changed by 10% or more from 1,00 〇A, the storage stability was evaluated as "not good", and when the film thickness change was less than 1%, it was evaluated as The storage stability was “good.” In addition, the film thickness of the above coating film was measured using a touch made by KLA-Tencor. The method was carried out by a differential film thickness meter (Method 2) The liquid crystal alignment agents (AF-13) to (AF-39) and (CAF-4) to (CAF-7) were stored at -15 °C for 6 months. Before and after storage, the viscosity was measured at 25 ° C using an E-type viscometer. When the change rate of the solution viscosity before and after storage was less than 10%, the storage stability was evaluated as "good", and when it was 1% or more 'Evaluation is not good for preservation stability. -97- 201144361 [Table 2] Evaluation of liquid crystal alignment agent composition [A] Polyorganosiloxane compound 1 Also, polymer storage stability type (mass part) Parts by mass) Method evaluation Example 1 AF-1 S-1 100 PA4 1,000 1 Good example 2 AF-2 S-2 100 PA-1 1,000 1 Good example 3 AF-3 S-3 100 PA-1 1,000 1 Good example 4 AF-4 S-4 100 PA-1 1,000 1 Good example 5 AF-5 S-5 100 PA-1 1,000 1 Good example 6 AF-6 S-6 100 PA-1 1,000 1 Good implementation Example 7 AF-7 S-1 100 PS-1 1,000 1 Good Example 8 AF-8 S-7 100 PI-1 2,000 1 Good Example 9 AF-9 S-7 100 PA-1 2,000 1 Good Example 10 AF-10 S-8 100 PI-1 1,000 1 Good example 11 AF-11 S-9 100 PI- 1 1,000 1 Good Example 12 AF-12 ' S-10 100 PI-1 1,000 1 Good Comparative Example 1 CAF-1 CS-1 100 PA-1 1,000 1 Good Comparative Example 2 CAF-2 CS-2 100 PA-1 1,000 1 good comparative example 3 CAF-3 - - PI-1 1,000 1 good example 13 AF-13 S-11 100 PA-1 2,000 2 good example 14 AF-14 S-12 100 PA-1 2,000 2 good implementation Example 15 AF-15 S-13 100 PA-1 2,000 2 Good Example 16 AF-16 S-14 100 PA-1 2,000 2 Good Example 17 AF-17 S-15 100 PA-1 2,000 2 Good Example 18 AF-18 S-16 100 PA-1 2,000 2 Good example 19 AF-19 S-17 100 PS-1 2,000 2 Good example 20 AF-20 S-18 100 PA-1 2,000 2 Good example 21 AF- 21 S-19 100 PA-1 2,000 2 Good example 22 AF-22 S-20 100 PA-1 2,000 2 Good example 23 AF-23 S-21 100 PA-1 2,000 2 Good example 24 AF-24 S -22 100 PA-1 2,000 2 good example 25 AF-25 S-11 100 PI-1 2,000 2 good example 26 AF-26 S-12 100 PI-1 2,000 2 good example 27 AF-27 S-13 100 PI-1 2,000 2 Good Example 28 AF-28 S-14 100 PI-1 2,000 2 Good Practice 29 AF-29 S-15 100 PI-1 2,000 2 Good Practice 30 AF-30 S-16 100 PI -1 2,000 2 good Example 31 AF-31 S-17 100 PI-1 2,000 2 Good Practice 32 AF-32 S-18 100 PI-1 2,000 2 Good Practice 33 AF-33 S-19 100 PI-1 2,000 2 Good Practice 34 AF-34 S-20 100 PI-1 2,000 2 Good Practice 35 AF-35 S-21 100 PM 2,000 2 Good Practice 36 AF-36 S-22 100 PI-1 2,000 2 Good Practice 37 AF-37 S-12 100 PA-2 2,000 2 Good Practice 38 AF-38 S-12 100 PI-2 2,000 2 Good Practice 39 AF-39 S-12 100 PI-3 2,000 2 Good Comparative Example 4 CAF-4 CS- 1 100 PA-1 2,000 2 Good Comparative Example 5 CAF-5 CS-2 100 PA-1 2,000 2 Good Comparative Example 6 CAF-6 CS-3 100 PI-1 2,000 2 Good Comparative Example 7 CAF-7 CS-4 100 PI-1 2,000 2 良-98- 201144361 &lt;Manufacture of liquid crystal display element&gt; [Example 40] A liquid crystal alignment agent (AF-1) was applied to a glass having a transparent electrode formed of an ITO film using a spin coater The surface of the transparent electrode of the substrate was prebaked on a hot plate at 80 ° C for 1 minute. Then, in an oven purged with nitrogen, heating at 200 ° C for 1 hour was performed to remove the solvent to form a film thickness of Ο. . ίμηι coating. This operation was repeated to fabricate a pair of (two sheets) substrates having a liquid crystal alignment film. By screen printing, an epoxy resin adhesive having an alumina ball having a diameter of 5.5 μm is applied to the outer periphery of the surface of the one of the substrates having the liquid crystal alignment film, and the liquid crystal alignment film surfaces of the pair of substrates are overlapped and pressed. The mixture was heated at 150 ° C for 1 hour to thermally cure the adhesive. Then, the liquid crystal injection port is filled with a nematic liquid crystal (Merk Corporation, MLC-6 6 0 8) into the gap of the substrate, and then the liquid crystal injection port is sealed with an epoxy-based adhesive, and in order to eliminate the flow during liquid crystal injection. After the alignment, it was heated at 150 ° C for 10 minutes and then slowly cooled to room temperature. Further, a polarizing plate was attached to both outer surfaces of the substrate, and the polarization directions of the two polarizing plates were orthogonal to each other, whereby a liquid crystal display element of a vertical alignment type was produced, which was taken as Example 40. [Example 4 1 to 5 1, Comparative Example 8 to 1 0] Using liquid crystal alignment agents (AF-2) to (AF-1 2) and (CAF-1) to (CAF-3), the same as in Example 40 Operation and manufacture of liquid crystal display elements were carried out as Examples 4 1 to 5 1 and Comparative Examples 8 to 10 . [Example 52]

使用旋塗機將液晶配向劑(AF-13)塗布在具有由ITO -99- 201144361 膜所形成的透明電極的玻璃基板的透明電極面上,並在80 °c的熱板上預烘烤1分鐘,然後在進行了氮氣置換的烘箱 中,在200°C下加熱1小時,除去溶劑,形成膜厚爲〇.1μιη 的塗膜。接著’使用Hg-Xe燈和格蘭泰勒棱鏡,由相對基 板法線傾斜40。的方向’對該塗膜表面照射2〇〇J/m2包含波 長爲3 1 3 n m輝線的偏振紫外線,形成液晶配向膜。重複相 同操作,製作一對(兩片)具有液晶配向膜的基板。藉由絲 網印刷,在上述一片基板中具有液晶配向膜的面的外周塗 布加入了直徑爲5_5μιη的氧化鋁球的環氧樹脂黏合劑後, 使一對基板的液晶配向膜面相對向並進行壓合,使各基板 中紫外線光軸在基板面上的投影方向爲逆平行,並在丨50 °C下加熱1小時’使黏合劑熱固化。接著,由液晶注入口 向基板間的間隙中塡充向列型液晶(Merck公司,MLC-66 0 8 ) 後’用環氧類黏合劑密封液晶注入口。此外,爲了消除液 晶注入時的流動配向,將其1 5 0 °C下加熱1 0分鐘後緩慢冷 卻至室溫。接著’在基板的外側兩面上貼合偏光板,使偏 光板的偏振光方向彼此正交,並且使液晶配向膜的紫外線 光軸在基板面上的投影方向爲45°角,由此製造垂直配向 型的液晶顯示元件,將其作爲實施例5 2。 [實施例5 3 ~ 7 8,比較例1 1〜1 4 ] 使 用 液 晶 配 向 劑 (A F - 1 3 )〜(A F - 3 9) 和 (C AF-4)〜(C AF-7) ’和實施例52同樣操作,製造液晶顯示 元件,將它們作爲實施例5 3〜7 8、比較例1 1 ~ 1 4。 -100- 201144361 對實施例40〜78和比較例8〜14的液晶顯穴 以下評價,結果在表3中顯示。 &lt;液晶配向性&gt; 藉由目視觀察在對上述製造的液晶顯示元 加·解除)5V電壓時有無明暗變化的異常區域。 未觀察到胞漏光,並且在施加電壓時胞驅動 色,而除此之外的區域沒有漏光的情況,爲液晶 好”。當電壓關時觀察到胞漏光,或者當電壓 胞驅動區域以外的區域漏光的情況,爲液晶i 好”。 &lt;電壓保持率&gt; 對上述製造的液晶顯示元件,在60°C的環 6 0微秒的施加時間、1 6 7毫秒的間隔施加5 V 測定從施加解除到1 6 7毫秒後的電壓保持率。 用TOYOTechnica公司的VHR-1。電壓保持率 時,評價爲電壓保持率“良好”。 &lt;耐光性&gt; 在與電壓保持率的評價相同的條件下,對 液晶顯示元件測定初期的電壓保持率。然後, 100瓦型白色螢光燈下的5cm距離處’在照射 後,再次在與上述相同的條件下測定電壓保持 期値比較的電壓保持率的降低率爲1 %以下時, 性“A” ,當其超過1%並且爲2%以下時,評 “ B ” ,當其超過2 %時,評價爲耐光性“ C ” :元件,進行 件開·關(施 當電壓關時 區域顯示白 配向性“良 開時觀察到 記向性“不 境溫度下以 的電壓後, 測定裝置使 爲9 7 %以上 上述製造的 將其配置在 5 0 0小時光 率。當與初 評價爲耐光 價爲耐光性 -101 - 201144361 [表3]A liquid crystal alignment agent (AF-13) was coated on a transparent electrode surface of a glass substrate having a transparent electrode formed of a film of ITO-99-201144361 using a spin coater, and prebaked on a hot plate at 80 ° C. After a minute, the mixture was heated at 200 ° C for 1 hour in an oven purged with nitrogen to remove a solvent to form a coating film having a film thickness of 0.1 μm. Next, using an Hg-Xe lamp and a Glan Taylor prism, the tilt is 40 from the normal to the substrate. The direction of the coating film was irradiated with polarized ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of 3 1 3 n m by 2 〇〇 J/m 2 to form a liquid crystal alignment film. The same operation was repeated to fabricate a pair of (two sheets) substrates having a liquid crystal alignment film. By applying an epoxy resin adhesive having an alumina ball having a diameter of 5 to 5 μm to the outer periphery of the surface of the one of the substrates having the liquid crystal alignment film by screen printing, the liquid crystal alignment film faces of the pair of substrates are opposed to each other. Pressing, the projection direction of the ultraviolet light axis on the substrate surface in each substrate is anti-parallel, and heating at 丨50 ° C for 1 hour to thermally cure the adhesive. Next, the liquid crystal injection port was filled with a nematic liquid crystal (Merck, MLC-66 0 8) from the gap between the substrates, and the liquid crystal injection port was sealed with an epoxy-based adhesive. Further, in order to eliminate the flow alignment at the time of liquid crystal injection, it was heated at 150 ° C for 10 minutes and then slowly cooled to room temperature. Then, 'the polarizing plates are attached to the outer surfaces of the substrate so that the polarization directions of the polarizing plates are orthogonal to each other, and the projection direction of the ultraviolet light axis of the liquid crystal alignment film on the substrate surface is 45°, thereby manufacturing the vertical alignment. A liquid crystal display element of the type was used as Example 52. [Example 5 3 to 7 8 , Comparative Example 1 1 to 1 4 ] Using a liquid crystal alignment agent (AF - 1 3 ) ~ (AF - 3 9) and (C AF-4) ~ (C AF-7) ' and In the same manner as in Example 52, liquid crystal display elements were produced, and these were referred to as Examples 5 to 7 8 and Comparative Examples 1 to 1 to 4. -100-201144361 Liquid crystal cavities of Examples 40 to 78 and Comparative Examples 8 to 14 The following evaluations are shown, and the results are shown in Table 3. &lt;Liquid alignment property&gt; An abnormal region where there is no change in brightness when a voltage of 5 V is applied to the liquid crystal display element manufactured as described above is visually observed. No light leakage is observed, and the cell drives color when voltage is applied, and there is no light leakage in other areas, which is good for liquid crystal.” When the voltage is off, light leakage is observed, or when the voltage is driven outside the region. In the case of light leakage, it is good for liquid crystal i." &lt;Voltage retention ratio&gt; The liquid crystal display element produced above was subjected to a voltage application of 60 μC at 60 ° C for 60 μsec, and an interval of 167 msec was applied to measure the voltage from the release of the application to 167 ms. Retention rate. Use VHR-1 from TOYOTechnica. When the voltage holding ratio was evaluated, the voltage holding ratio was evaluated as "good". &lt;Light resistance&gt; The initial voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal display element was measured under the same conditions as the evaluation of the voltage holding ratio. Then, at a distance of 5 cm at a distance of 5 cm under a 100-watt type white fluorescent lamp, after the irradiation, the rate of decrease in the voltage holding ratio when the voltage holding period is measured under the same conditions as above is less than 1%, the property "A" When it exceeds 1% and is less than 2%, it is evaluated as "B". When it exceeds 2%, it is evaluated as light resistance "C": component, and the component is turned on and off (when the voltage is turned off, the white alignment is displayed) The "measurement device was observed at the time of good opening", and the voltage was measured at a temperature of 90% or more. The measurement device was set to have a light transmittance of 500 hours as described above. Light resistance -101 - 201144361 [Table 3]

液晶顯示元件 使用的液晶配向劑 評價 液晶配向性 電壓保持率 耐光性 實施例40 AF-1 良 良 A 實施例41 AF-2 良 良 A 實施例42 AF-3 良 良 A 實施例43 AF-4 良 良 A 實施例44 AF-5 良 良 A 實施例45 AF-6 良 良 A 實施例46 AF-7 良 良 A 實施例47 AF-8 良 良 A 實施例48 AF-9 良 良 A 實施例49 AF-10 良 良 A 實施例50 AF-11 良 良 A 實施例51 AF-12 良 良 A 比較例8 CAF-1 良 良 B 比較例9 CAF-2 良 良 B 比較例10 CAF-3 良 良 C 實施例52 AF-13 良 良 A 實施例53 AF-14 良 良 A 實施例54 AF-15 良 良 A 實施例55 AF-16 良 良 A 實施例56 AF-17 良 良 A 實施例57 AF-18 良 良 A 實施例58 AF-19 良 良 A 實施例59 AF-20 良 良 A 實施例60 AF-21 良 良 A 實施例61 AF-22 良 良 A 實施例62 AF-23 良 良 A 實施例63 AF-24 良 良 A 實施例64 AF-25 良 良 A 實施例65 AF-26 良 良 A 實施例66 . AF-27 良 良 A 實施例67 AF-28 良 良 A 實施例68 AF-29 良 良 A 實施例69 AF-30 良 良 A 實施例70 AF-31 良 良 A 實施例71 AF-32 良 良 A 實施例72 AF-33 良 良 A 實施例73 AF-34 良 良 A 實施例74 AF-35 良 良 A 實施例75 AF-36 良 良 A 實施例76 AF-37 良 良 A 實施例77 AF-38 良 良 A 實施例78 AF-39 良 良 A 比較例11 CAF-4 良 良 B 比較例12 CAF-5 良 良 B 比較例13 CAF-6 良 良 B 比較例14 CAF-7 良 良 B 102- 201144361 由表2和3的結果清楚可知,本發明的液晶配向劑的 保存穩定性優良。並且還可知,由該液晶配向劑所形成的 液晶配向膜,作爲液晶顯示元件在實用方面充分滿足所要 求的液晶配向性、電壓保持率和耐光性。 [產業上之利用可能性] 根據本發明,可以提供一種作爲液晶顯示元件在實用 方面充分滿足所要求的液晶配向性、電壓保持率和耐光性 等特性的液晶配向膜;該液晶配向膜的形成方法;適合作 爲液晶配向膜形成材料的保存穩定性優良,並且可以採用 光配向法形成液晶配向膜的液晶配向劑;以及具備液晶配 向膜的液晶顯示元件。具備由該液晶配向劑所形成的液晶 配向膜的本申請的液晶顯示元件,可以適當用於例如鐘 錶、可攜式遊戲機、文字處理器、筆記型電腦、汽車導航 系統、攝影機、可攜式資訊終端、數位相機、行動電話、 各種顯示器、液晶電視等顯示裝置。 【圖式簡單說明】 ifar 無0 【主要元件符號說明】 無0 -103·Liquid crystal alignment agent used for liquid crystal display element evaluation liquid crystal alignment voltage retention rate Light resistance Example 40 AF-1 Liangliang A Example 41 AF-2 Liangliang A Example 42 AF-3 Liangliang A Example 43 AF-4 Liangliang A Example 44 AF-5 Liangliang A Example 45 AF-6 Liangliang A Example 46 AF-7 Liangliang A Example 47 AF-8 Liangliang A Example 48 AF-9 Liangliang A Example 49 AF-10 Liangliang A Example 50 AF-11 Liangliang A Example 51 AF-12 Liangliang A Comparative Example 8 CAF-1 Liangliang B Comparative Example 9 CAF-2 Liangliang B Comparative Example 10 CAF-3 Good Good C Example 52 AF-13 Liangliang A Example 53 AF-14 Liangliang A Example 54 AF-15 Liangliang A Example 55 AF-16 Liangliang A Example 56 AF-17 Liangliang A Example 57 AF-18 Liangliang A Example 58 AF-19 Liangliang A Example 59 AF-20 Liangliang A Example 60 AF-21 Liangliang A Example 61 AF-22 Liangliang A Example 62 AF-23 Liangliang A Example 63 AF-24 Liangliang A Example 64 AF-25 Liangliang A Example 65 AF-26 Liangliang A Example 66. AF-27 Liangliang A Example 67 AF-28 Liangliang A Example 68 AF- 29 Liangliang A Example 69 AF-30 Liangliang A Example 70 AF-31 Liangliang A Example 71 AF-32 Liangliang A Example 72 AF-33 Liangliang A Example 73 AF-34 Liangliang A Implementation Example 74 AF-35 Liangliang A Example 75 AF-36 Liangliang A Example 76 AF-37 Liangliang A Example 77 AF-38 Liangliang A Example 78 AF-39 Liangliang A Comparative Example 11 CAF-4 Liangliang B Comparative Example 12 CAF-5 Liangliang B Comparative Example 13 CAF-6 Liangliang B Comparative Example 14 CAF-7 Liangliang B 102- 201144361 It is clear from the results of Tables 2 and 3 that the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention Excellent storage stability. Further, it is also known that the liquid crystal alignment film formed of the liquid crystal alignment agent sufficiently satisfies the required liquid crystal alignment property, voltage holding ratio, and light resistance as a liquid crystal display element. [Industrial Applicability] According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a liquid crystal alignment film which satisfies required properties such as liquid crystal alignment, voltage retention, and light resistance as a liquid crystal display element in practical use; formation of the liquid crystal alignment film The method is suitable as a liquid crystal alignment agent which is excellent in storage stability of a liquid crystal alignment film forming material, and which can form a liquid crystal alignment film by a photo-alignment method; and a liquid crystal display element which has a liquid crystal alignment film. The liquid crystal display element of the present application having the liquid crystal alignment film formed of the liquid crystal alignment agent can be suitably used for, for example, a timepiece, a portable game machine, a word processor, a notebook computer, a car navigation system, a video camera, and a portable type. Display devices such as information terminals, digital cameras, mobile phones, various displays, and LCD TVs. [Simple description of the diagram] Ifar has no 0 [Description of main component symbols] No 0 -103·

Claims (1)

201144361 七、申請專利範圍: 1 ·—種液晶配向劑,其含有[A]具有選自由哌u定結構、酚結 構及苯胺結構所構成之群組中的至少—種結構之聚有機 矽氧烷化合物。 2 ·如申請專利範圍第1項之液晶配向劑,其中該哌啶結構 係由下述式(A-1’ )所表示,酚結構係由下述式(A-2’ )所 示 表 結 胺 苯201144361 VII. Patent application scope: 1 - A liquid crystal alignment agent containing [A] a polyorganooxynonane having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of a piperazine structure, a phenol structure and an aniline structure. Compound. 2. The liquid crystal alignment agent of claim 1, wherein the piperidine structure is represented by the following formula (A-1'), and the phenol structure is represented by the following formula (A-2') Amine benzene 示 A 表 丨 所 ) 5 4 R 3'R I (式(A-1’ )中, R1爲氫原子、碳原子數爲1〜6的烷基、碳原子數爲 6〜20的芳基、碳原子數爲7〜13的芳烷基或1,3-二側氧丁 基; R2~R5各自獨立地爲碳原子數爲1〜6的烷基、碳原子 數爲6~12的芳基或碳原子數爲7〜13的芳烷基; X1爲單鍵、羰基或”-CONH-; X2〜X5各自獨立地爲單 鍵、羰基、**-CH2-CO-或 **-CH2-CH(OH)·; ** 所表示的連 接鍵與哌啶環鍵結;*所表示的連接鍵與聚有機矽氧烷骨 架的主鏈或側鏈鍵結); -104- 2011443615 A R 3'RI (In the formula (A-1'), R1 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and carbon. An aralkyl group having an atomic number of 7 to 13 or a 1,3-di-terminated oxybutyl group; and R 2 to R 5 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms or An aralkyl group having 7 to 13 carbon atoms; X1 is a single bond, a carbonyl group or "-CONH-; X2 to X5 are each independently a single bond, a carbonyl group, **-CH2-CO- or **-CH2-CH (OH)·; ** indicates that the linkage is bonded to the piperidine ring; * the linkage is represented by the backbone or side chain of the polyorganosiloxane skeleton;) -104- 201144361 (R6)n (A-2) (式(A-2’ )中,R6爲碳原子數爲1~16的烷基,其中, 該烷基在骨架鏈中可以具有氧原子、硫原子、羰基、酯基 或將它們中的2種以上組合起來的基團;n爲〇〜4的整數; *所表示的連接鍵與聚有機矽氧烷骨架的主鏈或側鏈鍵 結);(R6)n (A-2) (In the formula (A-2'), R6 is an alkyl group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms, wherein the alkyl group may have an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a carbonyl group in the skeleton chain. , an ester group or a group combining two or more of them; n is an integer of 〇~4; * a linkage bond represented by a main chain or a side chain of a polyorganosiloxane skeleton); (式(Α-3’ )中,R7和R8各自獨立地爲碳原子數爲丨〜16 的烷基’其中’該烷基在骨架鏈中可以具有氧原子、硫原 子、羰基、酯基或將它們中的2種以上組合起來的基團;* 所表示的連接鍵與聚有機矽氧烷骨架的主鏈或側鏈鍵結)。 3 .如申I靑專利範圍第1項之液晶配向劑,其中[a ]聚有機砂 氧烷化合物係含有··來自於選自由具有下述式(1)所表示 的結構單兀之聚有機砂氧院、其水解物及該水解物的縮 α物所構成之群組中的至少一種的部分;與來自於選自 由下述式(Α-1)、式(Α-2)和式(Α-3)所表示的化合物所構成 之群組中的至少一種化合物的部分; -105- (1)201144361 xa I Si——Ο Ι Ya (式(1)中,乂2爲具有環氧基的1價有機基團,Ya爲經 基、碳原子數爲1~10的烷氧基、碳原子數爲1〜20的烷基 或碳原子數爲6〜20的芳基); R1 R3 — X3 X1 X2 n X4 R4 X5—R5 (A-1) &gt;--Z(In the formula (Α-3'), R7 and R8 are each independently an alkyl group having a carbon number of 丨~16 'wherein the alkyl group may have an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a carbonyl group, an ester group or A group in which two or more of them are combined; * a linkage bond represented by * is bonded to a main chain or a side chain of a polyorganosiloxane skeleton). 3. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the first aspect of the invention, wherein the [a] polyorganoxasiloxane compound is derived from a polyorgano selected from the group consisting of the structural formula represented by the following formula (1); a portion of at least one of the group consisting of an aerobics, a hydrolyzate thereof, and an alpha condensate of the hydrolyzate; and a moiety selected from the group consisting of the following formula (Α-1), formula (Α-2), and Α-3) a moiety of at least one compound in the group consisting of the compounds; -105- (1) 201144361 xa I Si - Ο Ι Ya (in the formula (1), 乂 2 is an epoxy group a monovalent organic group, Ya is a transradical group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms; R1 R3 — X3 X1 X2 n X4 R4 X5-R5 (A-1) &gt;--Z (式(A-l)中,R1〜R5和X^X5和上述式(A-l,)同義; 式(A-2)中,R6和上述式(A-2,)同義; -106- 201144361 式(A-3)中,R7和R8和上述式(A-3’ )同義 式(A-1)〜(A-3)中,Y爲單鍵、碳原子數爲1〜16的烷 烴二基;其中,該烷烴二基在結構中可以具有氧原子、 硫原子、羰基、酯基、醯胺基或將它們中的2種以上組 合起來的基團;Z爲羧基或羥基)。 4 .如申請專利範圍第3項之液晶配向劑,其中上述式(1)中 的乂3爲下述式(Xa-1)或式(Xa-2)所表示的基團,(In the formula (Al), R1 to R5 and X^X5 are synonymous with the above formula (Al,); in the formula (A-2), R6 is synonymous with the above formula (A-2,); -106- 201144361 Formula (A) In the formula -3), R7 and R8 and the above formula (A-3') are synonymous with the formula (A-1) to (A-3), wherein Y is a single bond and an alkanediyl group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms; The alkanediyl group may have an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a carbonyl group, an ester group, a decylamino group or a group in which two or more of them are combined in the structure; Z is a carboxyl group or a hydroxyl group). 4. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the third aspect of the invention, wherein the oxime 3 in the above formula (1) is a group represented by the following formula (Xa-1) or (Xa-2), CyH2vCyH2v (Xa-1) (Xa-2) (式(XM)和式(Xa-2)中,s爲0〜3的整數,t爲1〜6的 整數,u爲0~2的整數,v爲0〜6的整數,*所表示的連接 鍵與矽原子鍵結)。 5.如申請專利範圍第4項之液晶配向劑,其中上述式(Xa-1) 或式(Xa-2)所表示的基團係分別爲下述式(Xa-1-1)或 (Xa-2-l)所表示的基團,(Xa-1) (Xa-2) (In the formula (XM) and the formula (Xa-2), s is an integer of 0 to 3, t is an integer of 1 to 6, and u is an integer of 0 to 2, and v is An integer of 0 to 6, the connection key represented by * is bonded to the 矽 atom). 5. The liquid crystal alignment agent of claim 4, wherein the group represented by the above formula (Xa-1) or formula (Xa-2) is each a formula (Xa-1-1) or (Xa) -2-l) the group represented, (Xa- 1 -1 )(Xa- 1 -1 ) -107- 201144361 (式(XM-1)和式(Xa-2-l)中,*所表示的連接鍵與矽原 子鍵結)。 6.如申請專利範圍第1至5項中任一項之液晶配向劑’其 中[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物係包含具有液晶配向能力的結 構。 7 .如申請專利範圍第6項之液晶配向劑,其中上述具有液 晶配向能力的結構,係具有選自由具有類固醇骨架的碳 原子數爲17〜51的有機基、碳原子數爲2~20的烷基、碳 原子數爲1〜20的氟烷基、環己基、具有碳原子數爲2〜20 的烷基的烷氧基芳基、具有碳原子數爲丨~ 20的烷基的烷 基環己基、具有碳原子數爲1〜20的氟烷基的氟烷基環己 基及具有碳原子數爲1~20的氟基烷氧基的氟基烷氧基環 己基所構成之群組中的至少一種基團。 8.如申請專利範圍第6項之液晶配向劑,其中具有該液晶 配向能力的結構係由下述式(B-1)所表示,-107- 201144361 (In the formula (XM-1) and the formula (Xa-2-l), the connection key represented by * is bonded to the 矽 atom). 6. The liquid crystal alignment agent of any one of claims 1 to 5 wherein the [A] polyorganosiloxane compound comprises a structure having a liquid crystal alignment ability. 7. The liquid crystal alignment agent of claim 6, wherein the structure having the liquid crystal alignment ability has an organic group selected from the group consisting of a steroid having a carbon number of 17 to 51 and having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. An alkyl group, a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclohexyl group, an alkoxyaryl group having an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having an alkyl group having a carbon number of 20 to 20 a group consisting of a cyclohexyl group, a fluoroalkylcyclohexyl group having a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a fluoroalkoxycyclohexyl group having a fluoroalkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; At least one group. 8. The liquid crystal alignment agent of claim 6, wherein the structure having the liquid crystal alignment ability is represented by the following formula (B-1). (式(Β-l)中,m爲0~4的整數)》 9.如申請專利範圍第1至5項中任一項之液晶配向劑,其 進一步含有[B]選自由聚醯胺酸和聚醯亞胺所構成之群組 中的至少一種聚合物。 1 0.如申請專利範圍第1至5項中任—項之液晶配向劑,其 進一步含有[C]具有下述式(2)所表示的結構單元之聚有 -108- 201144361 機矽氧烷化合物, xb _ Si一Ο—— (2) I _ (式(2)中,χ»爲羥基、鹵原子、碳原子數爲卜20的 烷基、碳原子數爲的烷氧基或碳原子數爲6~20的芳 基;Yb爲羥基或碳原子數爲1~1〇的烷氧基)。 1 1 . 一種液晶配向膜之形成方法,係具有: (1) 將如申請專利範圍第8、9或1 0項之液晶配向劑 塗布在基板上而形成塗膜之步驟,以及 (2) 對步驟(1)所形成的塗膜的至少一部分照射放射線 的步驟。 1 2 . —種液晶配向膜,係由如申請專利範圍第1至1 0項中 任一項之液晶配向劑所形成。 1 3 . —種液晶顯示元件,係具備如申請專利範圍第1 2項之 液晶配向膜。 1 4 . 一種聚有機矽氧烷化合物,係具有選自由哌啶結構、酚 結構及苯胺結構所構成之群組中的至少一種結構。 1 5 .如申請專利範圍第1 4項之聚有機矽氧烷化合物,其中 該哌啶結構係由下述式(A-1’ )所表示的結構, -109- 201144361 x2 R1 I x1 I M(In the formula (Β-l), m is an integer of 0 to 4). The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 5, further comprising [B] selected from polyproline And at least one polymer of the group consisting of polyimine. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the items 1 to 5, further comprising [C] a polyoxyalkylene having a structural unit represented by the following formula (2): -108- 201144361 Compound, xb _ Si - Ο - (2) I _ (In the formula (2), χ» is a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having a carbon number of 20, an alkoxy group having a carbon number or a carbon atom The number is 6 to 20 aryl groups; Yb is a hydroxyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 1 carbon atom). 1 . A method for forming a liquid crystal alignment film, comprising: (1) a step of forming a coating film by coating a liquid crystal alignment agent of the eighth, ninth or tenth aspect of the patent application on a substrate, and (2) At least a part of the coating film formed in the step (1) is irradiated with radiation. A liquid crystal alignment film formed of a liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 10. A liquid crystal display element comprising a liquid crystal alignment film according to item 12 of the patent application. A polyorganosiloxane compound having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of a piperidine structure, a phenol structure, and an aniline structure. The polyorganosiloxane compound according to claim 14 wherein the piperidine structure is represented by the following formula (A-1'), -109- 201144361 x2 R1 I x1 I M R4 X4 X5-R5 (A-f)R4 X4 X5-R5 (A-f) (式(A· 1 ’ )中, R1爲氫原子、碳原子數爲1〜6的烷基、 6~20的芳基、碳原子數爲7〜13的芳烷基或1, 基; R2~R5各自獨立地爲碳原子數爲1~6的烷 數爲6~12的芳基或碳原子數爲7~13的芳烷基 X1爲單鍵、羰基或**-CONH-; X2〜X5各自 鍵、鑛基、**-CH卜CO-或 **-CH”CH(OH)-; ** 接鍵與峨卩定環鍵結, *所表示的連接鍵與聚有機矽氧烷骨架I 鏈鍵結)° 1 6如申請專利範圍第1 4項之聚有機矽氧烷化 該酚結構是由下述式U-2’ )所表示的結構’ (R6)n(In the formula (A·1 '), R1 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an aryl group of 6 to 20, an aralkyl group having 7 to 13 carbon atoms, or a group; R2; ~R5 is independently an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms or a aralkyl group X1 having 7 to 13 carbon atoms, which is a single bond, a carbonyl group or a **-CONH-; X2~ X5 respective bond, ore group, **-CH, CO- or **-CH"CH(OH)-; ** bond and 峨卩 ring bond, * linkage and polyorganooxane Skeleton I chain linkage) ° 1 6 The polyorganooxyalkylation of the 144th aspect of the patent application is a structure represented by the following formula U-2') (R6)n (式(A-2,)中,R6爲碳原子數爲1〜16的 碳原子數爲 3 -二側氧丁 基、碳原子 獨立地爲單 所表示的連 的主鏈或側 合物,其中 E基,其中, -110- 201144361 該烷基在骨架鏈中可以具有氧原子、硫原子、羰基、酯 基或將它們中的2種以上組合起來的基團;η爲0〜4的整 數;*所表示的連接鍵與聚有機矽氧烷骨架的主鏈或側鏈 鍵結)。 1 7 ·如申請專利範圍第1 4項之聚有機矽氧烷化合物,其中 該苯胺結構係由下述式(Α-3’ )所表示的結構,(In the formula (A-2), R6 is a main chain or a side compound in which the number of carbon atoms is from 1 to 16 and the number of carbon atoms is from 3 to 2, and the carbon atom is independently a unitary group. Wherein the E group, wherein, -110- 201144361, the alkyl group may have an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a carbonyl group, an ester group or a combination of two or more of them in the skeleton chain; n is an integer of 0 to 4; ;* indicates that the linkage is bonded to the main or side chain of the polyorganosiloxane skeleton). A polyorganosiloxane compound according to claim 14 of the patent application, wherein the aniline structure is a structure represented by the following formula (Α-3'), (式(Α-3’ )中’R7和R8各自獨立地爲碳原子數爲1〜16 的烷基’其中’該烷基在骨架鏈中可以具有氧原子、硫 原子 '羰基、酯基或將它們中的2種以上組合起來的基 團;*所表示的連接鍵與聚有機矽氧烷骨架的主鏈或側鏈 鍵結)。 -111 - 201144361 四、指定代表圖: (一) 本案指定代表圖為:無。 (二) 本代表圖之元件符號簡單說明: 〇 / \ w 五、本案若有化學式時,請揭示最能顯示發明特徵的化學 式:(In the formula (Α-3'), 'R7 and R8 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms' wherein 'the alkyl group may have an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom 'carbonyl group, an ester group or the like in the skeleton chain A group in which two or more of them are combined; a bond represented by * is bonded to a main chain or a side chain of a polyorganosiloxane skeleton). -111 - 201144361 IV. Designated representative map: (1) The representative representative of the case is: None. (2) A brief description of the symbol of the representative figure: 〇 / \ w 5. If there is a chemical formula in this case, please disclose the chemical formula that best shows the characteristics of the invention:
TW100119140A 2010-06-02 2011-06-01 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, method for forming liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, and polyorganosiloxane compounds TWI515236B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2010127352A JP5640471B2 (en) 2010-06-02 2010-06-02 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, method for forming liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201144361A true TW201144361A (en) 2011-12-16
TWI515236B TWI515236B (en) 2016-01-01

Family

ID=45050730

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW100119140A TWI515236B (en) 2010-06-02 2011-06-01 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, method for forming liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, and polyorganosiloxane compounds

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5640471B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101709526B1 (en)
CN (3) CN102268264B (en)
TW (1) TWI515236B (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI785018B (en) * 2017-03-07 2022-12-01 日商Jsr股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal element and polyorganosiloxane

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5874590B2 (en) * 2011-12-26 2016-03-02 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, liquid crystal display element, polymer and compound
JP6288412B2 (en) * 2013-01-17 2018-03-07 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent
JP6164117B2 (en) * 2013-06-18 2017-07-19 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, retardation film, and method for producing retardation film
JP6260381B2 (en) * 2014-03-19 2018-01-17 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TWI572674B (en) * 2015-02-09 2017-03-01 奇美實業股份有限公司 Composition for flexible substrate and flexible substrate
JP6672815B2 (en) * 2015-04-14 2020-03-25 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal element
JP6828360B2 (en) * 2016-01-07 2021-02-10 Jsr株式会社 A liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal alignment film, a liquid crystal element, and a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal alignment film and a liquid crystal element.
WO2017135280A1 (en) * 2016-02-03 2017-08-10 シャープ株式会社 Alignment film, polymer, and liquid crystal display device
TWI735595B (en) * 2017-06-12 2021-08-11 奇美實業股份有限公司 Positive photosensitive polyalkylsiloxane composition and application of the same
CN110803990B (en) * 2018-08-04 2023-08-08 石家庄诚志永华显示材料有限公司 Compound, liquid crystal composition, liquid crystal display element and liquid crystal display

Family Cites Families (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5691277A (en) 1979-12-25 1981-07-24 Citizen Watch Co Ltd Liquiddcrystal display panel
CH664027A5 (en) 1983-07-12 1988-01-29 Bbc Brown Boveri & Cie LCD with twisted nematic crystal between support plates
JP2869511B2 (en) 1990-10-17 1999-03-10 日本航空電子工業株式会社 TN type liquid crystal display device
JPH04247091A (en) * 1991-01-31 1992-09-03 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Organic silicon compound
EP0611786B1 (en) 1993-02-17 1999-04-14 Rolic AG Orientation layer for liquid crystals
JPH0784266A (en) * 1993-09-14 1995-03-31 Toshiba Corp Production of liquid crystal display element
IT1271133B (en) * 1994-11-30 1997-05-26 Ciba Geigy Spa TRIAZINIC PIPERIDINE COMPOUNDS CONTAINING SILANIC GROUPS AS STABILIZERS FOR ORGANIC MATERIALS
IT1271131B (en) * 1994-11-30 1997-05-26 Ciba Geigy Spa PIPERIDINE COMPOUNDS CONTAINING SILANIC GROUPS AS STABILIZERS FOR ORGANIC MATERIALS
DE19535939A1 (en) * 1995-09-27 1997-04-03 Agfa Gevaert Ag Photographic material
JP3757514B2 (en) 1996-02-16 2006-03-22 日産化学工業株式会社 Method for forming liquid crystal vertical alignment film
EP0806698B1 (en) 1996-05-08 2005-01-12 Hitachi, Ltd. In-plane switching-mode active-matrix liquid crystal display
US5959057A (en) * 1997-01-21 1999-09-28 Dow Corning Toray Silicone Co., Ltd. Polyorganosiloxane and method for the preparation thereof
JPH10204179A (en) * 1997-01-21 1998-08-04 Toray Dow Corning Silicone Co Ltd Polyorganosiloxane and its production
US6482912B2 (en) * 2001-01-29 2002-11-19 Ndsu Research Foundation Method of preparing aminofunctional alkoxy polysiloxanes
JP3849138B2 (en) 2002-02-18 2006-11-22 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, method for forming liquid crystal aligning film, and liquid crystal display element
JP3885714B2 (en) 2002-11-13 2007-02-28 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal display element
EP2046896A2 (en) * 2006-07-05 2009-04-15 Ciba Holding Inc. Coloured organic electrophoretic particles
JP5071644B2 (en) * 2007-08-01 2012-11-14 Jsr株式会社 Polyorganosiloxane, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP5360356B2 (en) * 2008-05-26 2013-12-04 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP5454772B2 (en) * 2008-11-17 2014-03-26 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, method for forming the same, and liquid crystal display element

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI785018B (en) * 2017-03-07 2022-12-01 日商Jsr股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal element and polyorganosiloxane

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN104031655A (en) 2014-09-10
CN102268264B (en) 2016-02-03
KR20110132513A (en) 2011-12-08
JP5640471B2 (en) 2014-12-17
CN104031655B (en) 2016-04-13
CN103992802A (en) 2014-08-20
JP2011252099A (en) 2011-12-15
TWI515236B (en) 2016-01-01
CN103992802B (en) 2016-01-20
CN102268264A (en) 2011-12-07
KR101709526B1 (en) 2017-02-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW201144361A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, method for forming liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, and polyorganosiloxane compounds
KR101730297B1 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, process for forming liquid crystal aligning film, liquid crystal display device, and polyorganosiloxane
JP4458306B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, method for producing liquid crystal aligning film, and liquid crystal display element
TWI480317B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent and liquid crystal display element
JP4458305B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, method for producing liquid crystal aligning film, and liquid crystal display element
JP5966329B2 (en) Manufacturing method of liquid crystal display element
TWI531619B (en) Method of manufacturing liquid crystal display device, liquid crystal display device and liquid crystal alignment agent
TW200947074A (en) A liquid crystal orientating agent, a liquid crystal orientating film and a liquid crystal display element
JP5626517B2 (en) Manufacturing method of liquid crystal display element
TWI504643B (en) Liquid crystal display element and method for producing the same
JP5413555B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, method for forming liquid crystal aligning film, and liquid crystal display element
KR101697496B1 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display device and polyorganosiloxane compounds
JP5790358B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal display element
JP5413556B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, method for forming liquid crystal aligning film, and liquid crystal display element
TWI541271B (en) Liquid crystal orientation agent, liquid crystal orientation film and liquid crystal display device
TWI502029B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, method for forming liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element and compound
TW201202309A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, method for forming liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element and compound